*** empty log message ***
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob1aba5e914fc3529cde79e1aafa6ff44fb83c2add
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9171))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52 ;;;***
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14977 55687))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117 ;;;***
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15013 64496))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
217 ;;;***
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15043
221 ;;;;;; 16906))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
308 ;;;***
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
385 ;;;***
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
405 ;;;***
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
408 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14965 36567))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
411 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
412 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
414 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
415 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
417 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
418 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
419 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
420 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
422 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
423 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
425 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
427 ;;;***
429 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
430 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13587))
431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
433 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
434 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
435 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
436 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
437 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
438 \\[yank].
440 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
441 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
442 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
443 the rules.
445 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
446 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
447 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
448 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
450 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
451 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
452 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
454 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
455 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
456 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
458 ;;;***
460 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
461 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
462 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
463 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
466 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
467 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
468 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
469 as the first thing on a line.")
471 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
472 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
474 (defvar appt-audible t "\
475 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
477 (defvar appt-visible t "\
478 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
480 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
481 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
483 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
484 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
486 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
487 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
489 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
490 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
491 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
493 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
494 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
495 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
497 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
498 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
500 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
501 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
502 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
503 put in the appointments list.
504 02/23/89
505 12:00pm lunch
506 Wednesday
507 10:00am group meeting
508 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
509 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
510 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
512 ;;;***
514 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
515 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883
516 ;;;;;; 29489))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
519 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
520 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
522 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
524 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
525 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
526 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
527 normal variables." t nil)
529 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
531 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
532 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
533 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
534 noninteractive functions.
536 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
537 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
539 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
540 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
541 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
542 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
543 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
545 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
546 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
548 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
549 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
551 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
552 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
553 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
554 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
555 bindings.
556 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
558 ;;;***
560 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
561 ;;;;;; 51988))
562 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
564 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
565 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
566 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
567 Letters no longer insert themselves.
568 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
569 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
571 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
572 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
573 archive.
575 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
577 ;;;***
579 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
580 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
582 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
583 Major mode for editing arrays.
585 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
586 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
587 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
589 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
591 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
592 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
593 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
595 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
596 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
597 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
598 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
599 The variables are:
601 Variables you assign:
602 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
603 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
604 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
605 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
606 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
607 row numbers in the buffer.
609 Variables which are calculated:
610 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
611 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
613 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
614 take a numeric prefix argument):
616 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
617 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
618 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
619 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
621 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
622 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
623 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
624 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
626 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
627 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
628 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
629 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
631 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
632 between that of point and mark.
634 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
635 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
637 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
638 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
639 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
640 newlines inside rows)
642 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
644 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
646 ;;;***
648 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14924
649 ;;;;;; 25355))
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
652 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
653 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
654 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
655 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
657 How to quit artist mode
659 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
662 How to submit a bug report
664 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
667 Drawing with the mouse:
669 mouse-2
670 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
671 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
672 below).
674 mouse-1
675 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
676 or pastes:
678 Operation Not shifted Shifted
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
681 to new point
682 --------------------------------------------------------------
683 Line Line in any direction Straight line
684 --------------------------------------------------------------
685 Rectangle Rectangle Square
686 --------------------------------------------------------------
687 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
688 --------------------------------------------------------------
689 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
690 --------------------------------------------------------------
691 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
692 --------------------------------------------------------------
693 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
694 --------------------------------------------------------------
695 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
696 --------------------------------------------------------------
697 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
698 lines
699 --------------------------------------------------------------
700 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
701 --------------------------------------------------------------
702 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
704 Paste Paste Paste
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
706 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
709 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
710 or diagonally.
712 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
713 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
714 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
715 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
716 poly-lines.
718 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
719 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
720 overwrite means the opposite.
722 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
723 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
724 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
726 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
728 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
729 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
731 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
732 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
733 are currently drawing something.
735 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
736 some time to fill.
739 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
740 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
743 Settings
745 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
747 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
749 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
751 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
753 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
754 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
756 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
759 Drawing with keys
761 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
762 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
763 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
764 When erase characters: toggles erasing
765 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
766 When pasting: Pastes
768 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
770 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
772 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
773 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
774 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
775 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
776 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
777 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
780 Arrows
782 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
783 of the line/poly-line
785 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
786 of the line/poly-line
789 Selecting operation
791 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
793 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
794 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
795 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
796 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
797 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
798 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
799 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
800 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
801 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
802 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
803 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
804 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
805 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
806 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
807 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
808 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
809 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
810 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
811 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
812 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
815 Variables
817 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
818 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
820 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
821 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
822 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
823 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
824 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
825 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
826 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
827 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
828 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
829 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
830 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
831 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
832 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
833 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
834 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
835 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
836 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
837 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
838 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
840 Hooks
842 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
843 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
846 Keymap summary
848 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
850 ;;;***
852 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
853 ;;;;;; 20134))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
856 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
857 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
858 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
860 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
861 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
862 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
863 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
865 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
866 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
868 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
869 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
871 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
873 Special commands:
874 \\{asm-mode-map}
875 " t nil)
877 ;;;***
879 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
880 ;;;;;; (14901 18790))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
883 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
884 Obsolete.")
886 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
887 This command is obsolete." t nil)
889 ;;;***
891 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
892 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
893 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
895 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
896 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
897 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
899 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
901 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
903 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
905 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
906 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
907 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
908 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
909 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
910 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
911 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
912 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
913 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
914 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
916 For example:
917 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
918 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
919 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
920 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
921 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
923 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
925 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
926 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
927 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
929 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
931 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
933 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
935 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
936 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
937 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
938 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
939 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
940 &c to supply digit arguments.
942 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
944 ;;;***
946 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
947 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
950 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
951 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
953 ;;;***
955 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
956 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
959 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
960 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
961 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
963 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
964 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
965 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
966 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
968 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
969 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
970 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
972 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
974 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
976 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
978 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
979 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
980 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
981 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
983 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
984 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
986 ;;;***
988 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
989 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
990 ;;;;;; (15020 54751))
991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
993 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
994 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
995 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
997 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
998 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
999 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1002 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1003 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1005 ;;;***
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1008 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1009 ;;;;;; (15039 5563))
1010 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1012 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1013 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1015 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1016 instead.")
1018 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1019 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1021 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1022 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1024 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1026 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1028 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1029 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1031 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1032 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1033 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1035 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1036 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1038 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1039 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1041 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1042 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1044 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1045 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1046 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1048 ;;;***
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1051 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 10207))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1054 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1055 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1056 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1058 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1060 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1062 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1064 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1065 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1066 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1067 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1069 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1070 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1071 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1073 Effects of the different modes:
1074 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1075 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1076 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1077 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1078 a random distance & direction.
1079 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1080 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1081 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1083 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1085 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1086 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1087 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1089 ;;;***
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1092 ;;;;;; 32223))
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1095 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1096 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1097 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1098 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1099 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1101 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1103 ;;;***
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1106 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1109 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1110 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1112 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1113 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1115 For example:
1117 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1118 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1119 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1120 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1122 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1124 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1126 ;;;***
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1129 ;;;;;; (14987 38427))
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1132 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1133 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1134 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1135 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1137 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1138 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1139 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1140 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1141 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1142 seconds." t nil)
1144 ;;;***
1146 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14977
1147 ;;;;;; 55968))
1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1150 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1151 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1153 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1154 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1155 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1156 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1157 message.
1160 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1162 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1163 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1164 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1165 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1166 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1168 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1169 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1170 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1171 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1172 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1173 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1175 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1176 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1177 BibTeX mode.
1180 Special information:
1182 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1184 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1185 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1186 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1187 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1188 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1189 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1190 current field.
1191 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1192 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1194 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1195 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1196 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1197 bibtex-entry-format.
1198 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1199 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1200 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1202 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1203 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1205 The following may be of interest as well:
1207 Functions:
1208 bibtex-entry
1209 bibtex-kill-entry
1210 bibtex-yank-pop
1211 bibtex-pop-previous
1212 bibtex-pop-next
1213 bibtex-complete-string
1214 bibtex-complete-key
1215 bibtex-print-help-message
1216 bibtex-generate-autokey
1217 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1218 bibtex-end-of-entry
1219 bibtex-reposition-window
1220 bibtex-mark-entry
1221 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1222 bibtex-ispell-entry
1223 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1224 bibtex-sort-buffer
1225 bibtex-validate
1226 bibtex-count
1227 bibtex-fill-entry
1228 bibtex-reformat
1229 bibtex-convert-alien
1231 Variables:
1232 bibtex-field-delimiters
1233 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1234 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1235 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1236 bibtex-entry-format
1237 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1238 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1239 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1240 bibtex-predefined-strings
1241 bibtex-string-files
1243 ---------------------------------------------------------
1244 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1245 non-nil.
1247 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1249 ;;;***
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1254 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1256 ;;;***
1258 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1259 ;;;;;; 27947))
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1262 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1263 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1264 the default is 4.
1266 What is blackbox?
1268 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1269 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1270 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1271 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1272 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1273 your score.
1275 Overview of play:
1277 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1278 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1279 four.
1281 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1282 movement keys.
1284 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1285 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1287 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1288 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1290 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1291 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1292 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1293 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1294 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1295 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1297 Details:
1299 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1301 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1302 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1303 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1304 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1306 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1307 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1308 denoted by the letter `R'.
1310 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1311 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1312 denoted by the letter `H'.
1314 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1315 example.
1317 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1318 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1319 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1320 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1321 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1322 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1323 ray.
1325 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1326 degree deflection it causes.
1329 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1330 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1331 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1332 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1333 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1334 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1335 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1336 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1339 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1340 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1343 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1344 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1345 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1348 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1349 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1350 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1352 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1353 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1354 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1355 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1356 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1357 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1358 emerging from the box.
1360 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1365 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1367 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1372 a reflection." t nil)
1374 ;;;***
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1377 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1378 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1379 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1380 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1381 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15041 64063))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1383 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1384 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1385 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1387 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1388 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1389 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1390 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1391 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1392 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1394 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1396 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1398 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1400 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1402 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1404 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1406 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1408 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1410 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1412 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1414 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1416 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1418 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1420 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1421 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1422 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1423 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1424 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1425 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1426 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1427 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1428 recent one.
1430 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1431 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1432 yank successive words.
1434 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1435 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1436 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1437 name of the file being visited.
1439 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1440 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1441 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1443 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1444 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1445 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1446 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1447 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1448 this.
1450 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1451 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1452 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1453 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1455 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1456 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1457 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1458 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1459 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1462 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1463 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1464 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1466 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1469 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1470 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1471 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1473 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1474 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1475 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1477 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1478 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1479 name." t nil)
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1482 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1483 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1484 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1485 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1486 this." t nil)
1488 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1489 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1490 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1491 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1492 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1493 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1494 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1495 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1498 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1499 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1502 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1503 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1504 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1505 \(second argument).
1507 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1508 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1509 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1510 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1511 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1513 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1514 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1515 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1516 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1519 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1520 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1521 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1522 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1523 while loading.
1525 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1526 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1527 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1528 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1529 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1530 explicitly.
1532 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1533 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1534 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1535 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1538 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1539 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1540 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1541 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1543 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1545 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1548 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1549 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1550 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1551 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1552 this.
1554 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1555 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1556 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1559 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1560 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1561 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1562 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1563 this.
1565 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1566 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1567 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1569 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1570 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1571 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1573 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1574 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1575 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1578 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1579 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1580 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1581 prompts for NEWNAME.
1582 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1583 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1584 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1586 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1587 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1588 name.
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1595 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1596 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1597 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1598 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1599 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1601 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1602 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1603 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1605 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1607 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1609 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1611 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1613 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1615 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1617 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1619 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1621 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1623 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1625 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1627 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1629 ;;;***
1631 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1632 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1633 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1634 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1635 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1636 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1637 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1638 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1639 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14930 62509))
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1642 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1643 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1644 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1645 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1647 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1648 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1649 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1650 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1651 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1653 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1654 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1655 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1656 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1657 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1659 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1660 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1662 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1663 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1664 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1666 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1667 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1669 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1670 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1671 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1672 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1673 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1674 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1677 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1678 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1679 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1680 narrowed." t nil)
1682 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1683 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1685 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1686 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1688 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1689 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1690 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1691 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1693 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1694 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1695 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1696 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1699 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1700 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1701 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1702 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1703 to use." t nil)
1705 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1706 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1707 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1708 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1710 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1711 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1712 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1713 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1715 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1716 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1718 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1719 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1720 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1721 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1723 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1724 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1725 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1726 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1728 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1729 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1734 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1735 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1736 program is invoked according to the variable
1737 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1739 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1740 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1741 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1742 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1744 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1745 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1747 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1748 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1749 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1751 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1752 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1753 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1754 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1756 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1757 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1758 Default to the URL around or before point.
1760 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1761 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1762 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1764 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1765 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1766 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1767 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1769 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1770 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1772 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1773 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1774 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1777 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1778 Default to the URL around or before point.
1780 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1781 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1782 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1784 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1785 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1787 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1788 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1789 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1790 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1792 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1793 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1794 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1795 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1796 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1801 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1803 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1804 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1805 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1806 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1808 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1809 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1811 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1812 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1813 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1815 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1816 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1817 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1818 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1819 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1820 current one.
1822 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1823 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1824 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1825 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1827 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1828 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1830 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1831 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1832 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1833 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1834 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1835 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1837 ;;;***
1839 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1840 ;;;;;; 42538))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1843 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1844 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1847 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1849 ;;;***
1851 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1852 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15032 45940))
1853 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1855 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1856 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1857 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1858 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1860 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1861 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1862 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1863 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1865 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1866 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1869 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1870 \\<bs-mode-map>
1871 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1872 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1873 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1874 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1876 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1877 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1878 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1879 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1880 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1882 ;;;***
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1885 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1886 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15039 12211))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1890 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1891 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1892 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1894 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1895 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1896 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1897 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1899 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1900 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1901 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1902 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1904 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1906 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1907 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1909 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1910 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1911 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1912 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1913 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1915 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1916 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1917 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1918 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1921 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1922 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1924 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1925 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1926 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1927 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1928 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1929 all functions called by those functions.
1931 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1932 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1933 cons, etc.).
1935 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1936 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1937 invoked interactively." t nil)
1939 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1940 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1943 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1946 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1947 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1948 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1949 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1951 ;;;***
1953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1956 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1958 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1960 ;;;***
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1966 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1967 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1968 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1969 from the cursor position." t nil)
1971 ;;;***
1973 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14948
1974 ;;;;;; 8074))
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1977 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1978 Run the Emacs calculator.
1979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1981 ;;;***
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1984 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1985 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1986 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1987 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1988 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1989 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1990 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1991 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1992 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1993 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1994 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1995 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1996 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1997 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1998 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1999 ;;;;;; (15039 13452))
2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2002 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2003 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2004 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2006 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2007 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2008 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2009 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2010 the screen.")
2012 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2013 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2014 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2015 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2016 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2018 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2019 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2020 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2021 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2022 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2023 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2024 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2026 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2027 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2028 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2029 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2030 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2032 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2033 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2034 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2036 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2037 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2038 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2040 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2041 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2042 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2044 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2045 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2046 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2047 displayed.")
2049 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2050 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2051 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2053 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2054 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2055 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2057 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2059 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2060 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2061 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2063 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2064 calendar.")
2066 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2067 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2068 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2070 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2071 calendar.")
2073 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2074 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2075 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2077 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2078 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2079 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2080 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2081 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2083 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2084 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2085 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2086 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2087 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2088 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2089 a function is also provided for this:
2090 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2092 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2093 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2094 date is not visible in the window.
2096 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2097 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2098 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2100 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2101 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2103 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2104 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2105 date is visible in the window.
2107 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2108 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2109 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2111 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2112 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2114 For example,
2116 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2118 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2120 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2121 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2123 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2125 MONTH/DAY
2126 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2127 MONTHNAME DAY
2128 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2129 DAYNAME
2131 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2132 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2133 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2134 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2135 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2136 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2137 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2138 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2139 respectively.
2141 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2142 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2143 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2145 DAY/MONTH
2146 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2147 DAY MONTHNAME
2148 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2149 DAYNAME
2151 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2152 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2154 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2155 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2156 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2157 window but will appear in a diary window.
2159 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2160 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2162 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2163 entries (in the default American style):
2165 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2166 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2167 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2168 21: Payday
2169 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2170 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2171 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2172 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2173 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2174 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2175 &* 15 time cards due.
2177 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2178 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2179 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2180 single diary entry
2182 02/11/1989
2183 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2184 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2185 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2186 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2187 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2188 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2190 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2191 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2192 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2194 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2196 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2198 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2199 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2200 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2201 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2202 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2203 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2204 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2205 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2206 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2208 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2209 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2210 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2211 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2212 for these functions for details.
2214 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2215 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2217 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2218 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2221 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2223 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2224 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2226 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2227 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2228 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2230 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2231 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2232 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2234 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2235 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2236 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2237 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2239 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2240 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2241 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2242 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2244 DAY/MONTH
2245 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2246 DAY MONTHNAME
2247 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2248 DAYNAME
2250 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2251 characters with or without a period.")
2253 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2254 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2255 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2257 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2258 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2259 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2261 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2262 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2263 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2265 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2266 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2267 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2269 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2270 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2271 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2272 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2273 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2274 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2276 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2277 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2278 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2280 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2281 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2283 of the form
2285 #include \"filename\"
2287 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2288 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2289 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2290 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2291 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2293 For example, you could use
2295 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2296 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2297 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2299 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2300 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2301 lexicographic order.")
2303 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2304 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2305 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2307 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2308 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2309 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2310 diary display.
2312 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2313 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2314 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2315 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2316 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2317 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2318 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2320 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2321 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2322 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2323 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2324 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2325 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2326 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2327 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2329 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2330 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2331 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2332 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2333 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2334 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2336 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2337 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2339 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2340 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2341 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2342 of the form
2343 #include \"filename\"
2344 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2345 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2346 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2347 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2348 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2350 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2351 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2352 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2353 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2354 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2355 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2358 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2360 are holidays.")
2362 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2363 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2364 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2365 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2366 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2368 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2370 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2371 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2372 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2374 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2376 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2377 *Oriental holidays.
2378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2380 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2382 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2383 *Local holidays.
2384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2389 *User defined holidays.
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2392 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2394 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2396 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2398 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2400 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2402 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2410 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2411 *Jewish holidays.
2412 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2414 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2416 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2417 *Christian holidays.
2418 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2420 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2422 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2423 *Islamic holidays.
2424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2426 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2428 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2429 *Sun-related holidays.
2430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2432 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2434 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2435 The frame set up of the calendar.
2436 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2437 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2438 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2439 any other value the current frame is used.")
2441 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2442 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2443 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2445 ;;;***
2447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15032 34072))
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2450 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2451 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2453 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2454 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2456 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2457 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2459 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2460 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2462 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2463 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2465 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2466 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2468 ;;;***
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2471 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2472 ;;;;;; (15032 34072))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2475 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2477 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2478 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2479 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2480 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2481 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2482 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2484 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2486 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2487 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2488 run first.
2490 Key bindings:
2491 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2494 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2495 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2496 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2497 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2498 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2499 message.
2501 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2503 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2504 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2505 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2507 Key bindings:
2508 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2511 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2512 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2513 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2514 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2515 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2516 message.
2518 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2520 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2521 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2522 is run first.
2524 Key bindings:
2525 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2527 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2528 Major mode for editing Java code.
2529 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2530 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2531 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2532 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2533 message.
2535 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2537 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2538 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2539 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2540 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2541 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2543 Key bindings:
2544 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2546 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2547 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2548 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2549 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2550 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2551 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2552 message.
2554 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2556 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2557 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2558 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2560 Key bindings:
2561 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2563 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2564 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2565 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2566 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2567 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2568 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2569 message.
2571 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2573 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2574 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2575 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2577 Key bindings:
2578 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2580 ;;;***
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15032 34072))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2586 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2587 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2588 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2589 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2590 for details of setting up styles.
2592 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2593 style name.
2595 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2596 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2597 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2598 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2599 will be reassigned.
2601 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2602 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2603 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2605 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2606 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2607 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2608 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2610 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2612 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2613 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2614 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2616 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2617 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2618 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2619 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2620 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2622 ;;;***
2624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15032 34072))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2627 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2628 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2629 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2630 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2631 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2633 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2634 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2636 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2637 `infodock'.")
2639 ;;;***
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2642 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2643 ;;;;;; (15007 28338))
2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2646 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2647 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2649 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2650 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2652 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2653 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2655 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2656 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2657 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2658 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2659 execution.
2661 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2663 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2664 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2666 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2667 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2668 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2669 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2671 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2672 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2673 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2674 `write' commands.
2676 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2677 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2678 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2679 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2681 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2682 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2683 semantics.
2685 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2687 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2689 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2691 STATEMENT :=
2692 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2693 | TRANSLATE | END
2695 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2696 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2697 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2698 | integer
2700 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2702 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2703 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2704 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2706 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2707 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2708 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2710 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2711 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2713 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2714 BREAK := (break)
2716 REPEAT :=
2717 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2718 (repeat)
2719 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2720 ;; (repeat))
2721 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2722 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2723 ;; (read REG)
2724 ;; (repeat))
2725 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2726 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2727 ;; (read REG)
2728 ;; (repeat))
2729 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2731 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2732 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2733 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2734 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2735 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2736 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2737 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2738 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2739 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2740 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2741 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2742 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2743 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2744 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2745 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2746 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2748 WRITE :=
2749 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2750 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2751 ;; representation.
2752 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2753 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2754 ;; (write r7))
2755 | (write EXPRESSION)
2756 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2757 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2758 ;; representation.
2759 | (write integer)
2760 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2761 ;; buffer.
2762 | (write string)
2763 ;; Same as: (write string)
2764 | string
2765 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2766 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2767 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2768 ;; representation.
2769 | (write REG ARRAY)
2770 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2771 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2772 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2773 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2774 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2775 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2777 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2778 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2780 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2781 END := (end)
2783 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2784 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2785 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2787 ARG := REG | integer
2789 OPERATOR :=
2790 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2791 + | - | * | / | %
2793 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2794 | & | `|' | ^
2796 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2797 | << | >>
2799 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2800 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2801 | <8
2803 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2804 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2805 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2806 | >8
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2809 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2810 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2811 | //
2813 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2814 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2816 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2817 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2818 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2819 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2820 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2821 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2822 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2823 | de-sjis
2825 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2826 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2827 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2828 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2829 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2830 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2831 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2832 ;; byte of SJIS.
2833 | en-sjis
2835 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2836 ;; Same meaning as C code
2837 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2839 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2840 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2841 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2842 | <8=
2844 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2845 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2846 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2848 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2849 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2850 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2851 | //=
2853 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2856 TRANSLATE :=
2857 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2858 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2859 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2860 MAP :=
2861 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2862 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2863 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2864 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2865 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2866 MAP-ID := integer
2867 " nil (quote macro))
2869 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2870 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2871 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2872 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2873 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2874 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2876 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2877 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2878 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2880 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2882 ;;;***
2884 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2888 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2889 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2890 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2891 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2892 ;;;;;; (15049 52830))
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2895 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2896 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2897 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2898 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2900 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2901 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2902 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2903 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2904 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2905 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2906 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2907 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2910 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2911 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2912 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2913 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2914 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2915 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2916 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2918 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2919 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2920 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2921 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2922 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2924 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2925 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2926 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2927 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2928 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2930 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2931 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2932 Only documentation strings are checked.
2933 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2935 a separate buffer." t nil)
2937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2938 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2940 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2941 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2943 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2944 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2945 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2946 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2947 if there is one.
2948 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2950 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2951 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2952 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2954 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2955 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2956 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2957 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2958 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2960 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2961 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2962 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2963 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2964 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2965 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2967 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2968 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2969 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2970 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2972 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2973 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2974 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2975 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2977 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2979 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2980 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2982 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2983 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2984 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2985 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2988 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2989 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2990 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2992 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2993 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2994 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2995 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2997 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2998 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2999 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3000 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3002 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3003 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3004 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3005 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3007 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3008 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3009 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3010 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3012 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3013 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3014 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3016 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3017 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3018 checking of documentation strings.
3020 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3022 ;;;***
3024 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3025 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
3026 ;;;;;; 45987))
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3029 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3030 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3031 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3033 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3034 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3036 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3037 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3038 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3040 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3041 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3043 ;;;***
3045 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3046 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31905))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3049 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3050 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3051 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3052 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3053 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3054 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3056 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3057 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3058 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3059 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3060 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3062 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3064 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3065 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3066 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3067 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3068 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3070 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3071 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3072 \\{command-history-map}
3074 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3075 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3077 ;;;***
3079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15012 48294))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3082 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3083 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3084 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3085 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3086 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3087 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3089 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3090 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3092 ;;;***
3094 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3095 ;;;;;; (14893 1953))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3098 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3100 ;;;***
3102 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3103 ;;;;;; (14837 27695))
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3106 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3107 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3108 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3109 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3111 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3112 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3113 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3115 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3116 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3118 ;;;***
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14947
3121 ;;;;;; 16775))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3124 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3125 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3126 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3127 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3128 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3129 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3130 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3131 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3133 ;;;***
3135 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3136 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3137 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15013 64499))
3138 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3140 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3141 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3142 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3143 ASCII table.
3145 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3146 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3147 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3148 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3150 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3151 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3152 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3154 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3155 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3156 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3158 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3159 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3160 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3162 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3163 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3165 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3166 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3167 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3169 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3170 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3172 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3173 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3175 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3176 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3177 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3179 ;;;***
3181 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3182 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3183 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3184 ;;;;;; (15031 29241))
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3187 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3188 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3189 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3190 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3191 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3192 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3193 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3194 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3196 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3198 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3199 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3200 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3201 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3202 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3203 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3204 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3205 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3207 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3209 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3210 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3211 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3212 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3213 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3214 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3216 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3217 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3218 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3220 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3222 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3223 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3224 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3226 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3228 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3229 Send COMMAND to current process.
3230 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3231 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3233 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3234 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3235 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3236 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3238 ;;;***
3240 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3241 ;;;;;; 22146))
3242 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3244 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3245 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3246 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3247 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3249 This command pushes the mark in each window
3250 at the prior location of point in that window.
3251 If both windows display the same buffer,
3252 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3253 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3255 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3256 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3257 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3259 ;;;***
3261 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3262 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3263 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3264 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14992 59771))
3265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3267 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3268 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3270 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3271 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3273 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3274 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3275 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3276 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3277 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3279 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3280 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3281 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3282 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3283 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3285 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3286 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3287 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3288 describing how the process finished.")
3290 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3291 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3292 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3293 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3295 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3296 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3297 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3299 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3300 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3301 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3302 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3304 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3305 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3306 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3307 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3309 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3310 and move to the source code that caused it.
3312 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3313 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3315 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3316 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3317 Then start the next one.
3319 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3320 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3321 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3323 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3324 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3325 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3326 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3327 where grep found matches.
3329 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3330 easily repeat a grep command.
3332 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3333 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3334 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3335 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3337 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3338 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3339 Collect output in a buffer.
3340 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3341 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3343 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3344 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3346 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3347 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3348 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3349 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3350 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3352 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3354 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3355 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3356 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3357 See `compilation-mode'.
3358 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3360 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3361 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3362 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3363 See `compilation-mode'.
3364 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3366 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3367 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3369 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3370 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3372 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3373 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3374 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3375 and start at the first error.
3377 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3378 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3379 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3380 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3381 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3382 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3384 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3385 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3386 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3388 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3389 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3390 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3392 ;;;***
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3395 ;;;;;; (14981 29950))
3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3398 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3399 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3400 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3402 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3404 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3406 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3408 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3409 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3410 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3412 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3413 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3414 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3415 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3417 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3418 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3419 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3420 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3422 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3423 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3424 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3425 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3427 ;;;***
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3430 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3431 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3433 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3434 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3436 ;;;***
3438 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3439 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3440 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3441 ;;;;;; (14933 40934))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3444 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3445 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3446 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3447 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3448 `make-composition'.
3450 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3452 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3453 | | 1:tc or top-center
3454 | | 2:tr or top-right
3455 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3456 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3457 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3458 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3459 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3460 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3462 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3463 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3464 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3465 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3466 be added.
3468 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3469 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3470 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3472 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3473 | | |
3474 | global| |
3475 | glyph | |
3476 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3477 +----+--*--+
3478 | | new |
3479 | |glyph|
3480 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3483 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3484 Compose characters in the current region.
3486 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3488 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3489 specifying the region.
3491 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3492 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3494 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3495 of the text in the region.
3497 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3499 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3500 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3501 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3502 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3504 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3505 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3506 detail.
3508 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3509 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3510 text in the composition." t nil)
3512 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3513 Decompose text in the current region.
3515 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3516 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3518 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3519 Compose characters in string STRING.
3521 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3522 the characters in it.
3524 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3525 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3526 STRING respectively.
3528 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3529 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3530 `compose-region' for more detail.
3532 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3533 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3534 text in the composition." nil nil)
3536 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3537 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3539 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3540 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3541 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3542 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3543 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3544 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3545 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3546 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3548 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3549 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3551 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3552 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3554 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3555 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3557 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3558 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3560 If no composition is found, return nil.
3562 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3563 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3565 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3566 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3567 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3569 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3571 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3573 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3574 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3575 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3577 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3579 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3581 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3582 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3584 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3585 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3586 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3587 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3588 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3589 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3590 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3591 nil.
3593 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3595 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3596 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3598 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3600 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3601 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3603 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3605 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3606 Compose last characters.
3607 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3608 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3609 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3610 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3611 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3612 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3613 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3614 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3615 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3616 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3617 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3619 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3620 Convert CHAR to string.
3621 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3623 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3624 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3625 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3627 ;;;***
3629 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3630 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3633 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3634 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3635 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3637 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3638 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3639 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3641 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3642 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3643 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3644 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3646 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3647 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3649 ;;;***
3651 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3652 ;;;;;; (14938 58920))
3653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3655 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3656 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3657 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3658 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3659 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3660 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3662 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3663 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3665 ;;;***
3667 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3668 ;;;;;; (15013 64507))
3669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3671 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3672 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3673 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3674 Tab indents for Perl code.
3675 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3676 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3678 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3679 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3680 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3681 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3682 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3683 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3684 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3685 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3686 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3687 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3688 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3689 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3691 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3693 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3694 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3696 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3698 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3699 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3700 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3701 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3702 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3703 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3704 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3705 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3706 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3708 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3710 bite if angry;
3712 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3713 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3714 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3715 to nil.)
3717 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3718 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3719 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3721 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3723 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3724 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3725 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3726 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3727 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3729 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3731 if (A) { B }
3733 into
3735 B if A;
3737 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3739 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3740 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3741 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3742 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3743 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3744 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3745 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3746 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3747 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3748 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3749 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3750 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3751 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3753 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3754 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3755 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3756 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3757 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3758 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3760 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3761 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3762 man via menu.
3764 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3765 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3766 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3767 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3768 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3770 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3771 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3772 span the needed amount of lines.
3774 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3775 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3776 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3777 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3779 Variables controlling indentation style:
3780 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3781 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3782 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3783 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3784 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3785 `cperl-auto-newline'
3786 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3787 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3788 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3789 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3790 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3791 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3792 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3793 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3794 `cperl-indent-level'
3795 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3796 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3797 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3798 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3799 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3800 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3801 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3802 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3803 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3804 `cperl-brace-offset'
3805 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3806 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3807 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3808 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3809 `cperl-label-offset'
3810 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3811 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3812 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3814 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3815 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3816 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3817 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3818 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3820 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3821 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3822 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3823 \(both available from menu).
3825 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3826 column 0 is indented on
3827 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3829 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3830 with no args.
3832 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3833 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3834 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3836 ;;;***
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3839 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
3840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3842 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3843 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3844 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3845 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3846 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3848 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3849 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3851 ;;;***
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3854 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3857 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3858 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3859 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3860 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3863 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3865 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3867 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3869 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3870 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3871 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3873 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3875 ;;;***
3877 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3878 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3881 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3882 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3883 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3884 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3886 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3887 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3888 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3889 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3891 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3892 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3893 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3895 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3896 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3897 'bob', and 'eve'.
3899 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3900 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3901 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3903 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3905 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3906 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3907 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3909 ;;;***
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3912 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3913 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3914 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3915 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3916 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3917 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3918 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3919 ;;;;;; (15014 20856))
3920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3921 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3923 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3924 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3926 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3927 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3929 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3930 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3932 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3934 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3935 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3937 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3938 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3940 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3941 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3943 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3944 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3946 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3947 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3949 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3951 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3952 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3954 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3956 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3957 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3959 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3960 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3963 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3965 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3967 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3968 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3969 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3970 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3971 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3973 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3974 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3976 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3977 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3979 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3981 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3982 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3984 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3985 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3986 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3987 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3988 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3990 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3991 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3992 version." t nil)
3994 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3996 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3997 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3998 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4001 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4002 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4004 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4005 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4007 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4008 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4010 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4011 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4013 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4014 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4015 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4016 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4017 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4018 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4019 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4021 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4022 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4023 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4025 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4026 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4028 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4029 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4031 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4032 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4033 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4034 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4035 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4036 that option." nil nil)
4038 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4039 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4040 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4041 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4042 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4043 that option." nil nil)
4045 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4046 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4048 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4049 File used for storing customization information.
4050 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4051 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4052 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4054 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4055 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4056 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4057 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4059 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4060 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4062 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4063 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4065 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4066 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4067 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4069 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4070 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4071 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4072 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4073 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4075 ;;;***
4077 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4078 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489))
4079 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4081 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4082 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4084 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4085 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4086 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4088 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4090 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4091 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4092 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4094 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4096 ;;;***
4098 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4099 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4102 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4103 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4105 ;;;***
4107 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4108 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
4109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4111 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4112 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4114 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4115 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4116 C++ modes are included.
4118 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4121 Turn on CWarn mode.
4123 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4124 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4126 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4127 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4129 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4131 ;;;***
4133 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4134 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4135 ;;;;;; (15016 44843))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4138 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4139 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4141 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4142 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4144 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4145 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4146 For readability, the table is slightly
4147 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4149 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4150 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4151 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4152 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4153 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4155 ;;;***
4157 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4158 ;;;;;; (14975 59459))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4161 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4163 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4165 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4166 Completion on current word.
4167 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4168 and presents suggestions for completion.
4170 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4171 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4172 completions.
4174 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4175 then it searches *all* buffers.
4177 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4178 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4181 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4183 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4184 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4185 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4186 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4187 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4189 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4190 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4192 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4193 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4194 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4196 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4197 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4199 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4201 ;;;***
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (14977
4204 ;;;;;; 55829))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4207 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4208 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4210 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4211 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4212 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4214 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4215 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4216 Data lines are not indented.
4218 Key bindings:
4220 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4221 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4223 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4224 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4225 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4226 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4228 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4230 dcl-basic-offset
4231 Extra indentation within blocks.
4233 dcl-continuation-offset
4234 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4236 dcl-margin-offset
4237 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4239 dcl-margin-label-offset
4240 Indentation for a label.
4242 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4243 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4245 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4246 dcl-block-end-regexp
4247 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4248 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4249 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4250 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4251 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4253 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4254 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4255 Two such functions are included in the package:
4256 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4257 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4259 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4260 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4261 One such function is included in the package:
4262 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4264 dcl-tab-always-indent
4265 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4266 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4267 margin.
4269 dcl-electric-characters
4270 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4271 typed.
4273 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4274 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4275 which words trigger electric indentation.
4277 dcl-tempo-comma
4278 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4279 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4280 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4282 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4283 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4284 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4285 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4287 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4288 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4289 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4290 dcl-imenu-label-call
4291 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4293 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4294 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4295 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4296 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4299 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4301 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4302 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4303 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4304 $ i = 1
4305 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4306 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4307 $ label:
4308 $ if i.eq.1
4309 $ then
4310 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4311 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4312 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4313 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4314 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4315 \"lined up with the command line\"
4316 $ type sys$input
4317 Data lines are not indented at all.
4318 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4319 $ endif
4321 " t nil)
4323 ;;;***
4325 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4329 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4331 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4332 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4333 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4334 of the evaluator.
4336 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4337 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4338 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4340 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4341 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4342 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4343 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4344 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4345 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4346 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4348 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4349 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4350 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4352 ;;;***
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4355 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4358 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4359 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4361 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4362 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4363 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4364 Upper-case letters are commands.
4366 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4367 modify it.
4369 The most useful commands are:
4370 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4371 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4372 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4373 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4374 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4375 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4377 ;;;***
4379 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4380 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
4381 ;;;;;; 45949))
4382 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4384 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4385 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4387 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4388 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4390 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4392 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4393 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4395 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4397 ;;;***
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14962
4400 ;;;;;; 39487))
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4403 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4404 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4405 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4406 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4407 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4408 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4410 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4412 Customization:
4414 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4415 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4416 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4417 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4418 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4419 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4420 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4421 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4422 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4423 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4424 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4425 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4426 blank line.
4427 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4428 Directories to search when finding external units.
4429 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4430 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4432 Coloring:
4434 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4435 Face used to color delphi comments.
4436 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4437 Face used to color delphi strings.
4438 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4439 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4440 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4441 Face used to color everything else.
4443 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4444 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4446 ;;;***
4448 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4449 ;;;;;; 32221))
4450 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4452 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4454 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4455 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4456 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4458 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4460 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4462 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4464 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4465 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4466 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4467 positive.
4469 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4470 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4471 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4472 any selection." t nil)
4474 ;;;***
4476 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4477 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14896 40328))
4478 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4480 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4481 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4483 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4485 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4486 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4487 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4488 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4489 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4490 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4491 hooks for the new mode.
4493 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4495 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4497 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4498 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4499 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4501 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4502 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4504 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4505 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4506 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4508 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4509 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4511 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4512 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4513 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4514 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4515 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4517 ;;;***
4519 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4520 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4523 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4524 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4525 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4527 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4528 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4529 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4530 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4532 ;;;***
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4535 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4536 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4537 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4538 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4539 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4540 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4541 ;;;;;; (15016 44843))
4542 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4544 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4545 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4546 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4548 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4549 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4550 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4552 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4553 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4554 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4555 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4557 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4558 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4559 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4560 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4562 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4563 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4565 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4566 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4567 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4569 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4570 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4572 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4574 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4576 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4578 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4579 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4581 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4583 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4584 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4586 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4588 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4590 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4592 ;;;***
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4595 ;;;;;; (15039 13611))
4596 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4598 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4599 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4600 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4601 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4602 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4604 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4605 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4606 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4608 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4609 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4610 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4611 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4613 #!/bin/sh
4614 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4615 emacs -batch \\
4616 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4617 european-calendar-style t \\
4618 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4619 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4620 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4622 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4623 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4624 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4625 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4627 ;;;***
4629 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4630 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4631 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4633 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4634 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4636 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4637 *The command to use to run diff.")
4639 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4640 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4641 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4642 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4643 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4645 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4646 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4647 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4648 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4649 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4651 ;;;***
4653 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4654 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
4655 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4657 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4658 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4659 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4660 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4661 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4662 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4664 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4665 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4666 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4668 ;;;***
4670 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4671 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4672 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4673 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4674 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15051 12565))
4675 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4677 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4678 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4679 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4680 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4681 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4683 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4684 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4686 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4687 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4688 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4689 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4690 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4692 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4693 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4695 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4696 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4697 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4698 always set this variable to t.")
4700 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4701 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4702 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4703 A value of t means move to first file.")
4705 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4706 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4707 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4708 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4709 are afterward marked with that character.")
4711 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4712 *Controls marking of copied files.
4713 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4714 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4716 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4717 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4718 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4719 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4721 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4722 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4723 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4724 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4726 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4727 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4728 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4729 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4731 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4733 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4734 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4735 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4736 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4738 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4739 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4740 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4741 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4742 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4743 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4744 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4745 list of files to make directory entries for.
4746 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4747 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4748 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4749 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4751 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4752 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4754 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4755 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4756 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4758 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4759 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4761 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4762 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4764 ;;;***
4766 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4767 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4768 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4769 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4770 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4771 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4772 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4773 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4774 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4775 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4776 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4777 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4778 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15013 64496))
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4781 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4782 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4783 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4784 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4785 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4786 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4788 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4789 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4790 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4791 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4792 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4793 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4795 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4796 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4797 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4799 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4800 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4802 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4803 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4805 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4806 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4807 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4808 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4810 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4811 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4812 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4813 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4814 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4816 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4818 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4819 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4820 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4822 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4823 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4824 instead of at the end of the command.
4826 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4827 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4828 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4830 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4831 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4833 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4834 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4836 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4837 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4838 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4839 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4840 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4841 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4843 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4845 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4846 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4848 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4849 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4851 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4852 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4854 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4855 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4856 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4857 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4859 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4861 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4863 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4865 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4867 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4869 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4870 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4872 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4873 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4874 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4875 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4876 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4877 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4878 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4880 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4881 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4882 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4883 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4884 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4885 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4887 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4888 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4889 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4890 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4891 and new hard links are made in that directory
4892 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4894 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4895 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4896 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4897 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4899 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4900 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4901 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4902 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4903 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4904 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4906 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4907 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4909 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4910 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4911 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4913 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4914 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4915 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4917 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4918 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4919 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4921 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4922 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4924 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4925 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4927 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4928 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4929 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4930 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4931 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4932 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4933 this subdirectory.
4934 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4936 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4937 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4938 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4939 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4940 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4941 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4942 this subdirectory.
4943 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4945 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4946 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4947 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4949 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4950 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4951 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4952 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4954 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4955 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4956 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4957 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4959 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4960 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4961 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4963 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4964 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4966 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4967 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4969 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4970 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4971 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4972 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4974 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4975 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4976 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4977 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4979 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4980 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4981 Stops when a match is found.
4982 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4984 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4985 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4986 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4987 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4988 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4990 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4991 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4992 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4993 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4995 ;;;***
4997 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5000 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5001 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5002 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5003 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5004 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5005 buffer and try again." t nil)
5007 ;;;***
5009 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5012 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5013 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5014 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5016 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5018 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5019 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5021 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5022 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5023 " nil nil)
5025 ;;;***
5027 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5028 ;;;;;; 9615))
5029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5031 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5032 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5033 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5034 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5035 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5036 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5038 ;;;***
5040 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5041 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5042 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5043 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5044 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
5045 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5047 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5048 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5050 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5051 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5052 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5053 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5054 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5056 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5057 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5058 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5059 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5060 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5062 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5063 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5065 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5066 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5068 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5069 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5071 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5072 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5074 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5075 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5077 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5078 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5079 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5080 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5082 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5083 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5084 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5085 X frame." nil nil)
5087 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5088 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5090 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5091 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5093 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5094 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5096 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5097 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5098 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5099 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5101 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5102 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5103 European character display.
5105 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5106 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5107 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5108 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5110 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5111 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5112 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5113 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5114 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5116 ;;;***
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5119 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5122 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5123 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5124 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5125 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5126 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5127 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5128 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5129 Default is 2." t nil)
5131 ;;;***
5133 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14830 63254))
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5136 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5137 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5139 ;;;***
5141 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5142 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
5143 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5145 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5146 Toggle Double mode.
5147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5148 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5150 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5152 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5154 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5155 Toggle Double mode.
5156 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5158 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5159 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5161 ;;;***
5163 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15011 27887))
5164 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5166 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5167 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5169 ;;;***
5171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5172 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
5173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5175 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5176 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5178 ;;;***
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5181 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5182 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14961 12689))
5183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5185 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5187 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5188 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5189 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5190 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5192 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5193 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5194 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5195 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5196 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5197 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5198 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5199 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5200 used (see below).
5202 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5203 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5204 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5205 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5206 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5207 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5208 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5209 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5210 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5212 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5213 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5214 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5215 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5216 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5217 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5219 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5220 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5221 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5222 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5223 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5224 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5225 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5227 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5229 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5230 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5231 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
5232 " nil (quote macro))
5234 ;;;***
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5237 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14904
5238 ;;;;;; 41629))
5239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5241 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5243 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5244 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5245 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5246 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5248 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5249 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5251 :filter FUNCTION
5253 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5254 menu displayed.
5256 :visible INCLUDE
5258 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5259 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5261 :active ENABLE
5263 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5264 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5266 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5268 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5270 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5272 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5273 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5275 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5276 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5278 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5280 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5282 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5284 :keys KEYS
5286 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5287 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5288 computed automatically.
5289 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5291 :key-sequence KEYS
5293 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5294 menu item.
5295 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5296 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5297 keyboard equivalent.
5299 :active ENABLE
5301 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5302 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5304 :included INCLUDE
5306 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5307 expression has a non-nil value.
5309 :suffix FORM
5311 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5312 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5314 :style STYLE
5316 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5317 defined:
5319 toggle: A checkbox.
5320 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5321 radio: A radio button.
5322 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5323 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5324 menu bar itself.
5325 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5327 :selected SELECTED
5329 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5330 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5332 :help HELP
5334 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5336 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5337 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5338 as a solid horizontal line.
5340 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5342 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5344 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5345 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5346 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5347 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5349 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5350 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5351 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5352 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5353 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5354 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5356 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5357 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5358 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5360 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5361 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5363 ;;;***
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5366 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5367 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5368 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5369 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14974 35998))
5370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5372 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5373 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5375 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5376 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5378 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5379 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5380 it to the printer.
5382 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5383 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5384 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5385 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5387 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5388 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5389 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5391 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5392 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5393 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5394 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5396 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5398 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5399 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5400 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5402 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5404 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5405 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5407 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5408 The EPS file name has the following form:
5410 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5412 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5413 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5415 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5416 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5417 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5418 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5420 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5422 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5423 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5425 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5426 The EPS file name has the following form:
5428 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5430 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5431 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5433 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5434 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5435 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5436 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5438 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5440 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5442 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5443 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5445 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5446 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5448 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5449 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5451 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5452 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5454 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5455 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5457 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5458 Set STYLE to current style.
5460 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5462 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5463 Reset current style.
5465 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5467 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5468 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5470 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5472 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5473 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5475 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5477 ;;;***
5479 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5480 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5481 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14895
5482 ;;;;;; 24174))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5485 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5486 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5487 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5488 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5489 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5490 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5492 Tree mode key bindings:
5493 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5495 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5496 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5498 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5499 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5500 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5501 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5502 completion." t nil)
5504 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5505 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5506 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5507 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5509 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5510 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5511 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5513 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5514 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5515 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5516 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5518 ;;;***
5520 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5521 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5524 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5525 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5526 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5527 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5529 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5530 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5531 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5533 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5534 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5535 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5537 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5539 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5541 ;;;***
5543 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5544 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5547 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5548 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5549 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5551 ;;;***
5553 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5554 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5557 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5558 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5559 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5560 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5561 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5563 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5564 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5565 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5566 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5568 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5569 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5570 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5571 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5573 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5574 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5575 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5576 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5578 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5580 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5581 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5582 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5583 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5584 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5586 ;;;***
5588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5589 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5590 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5591 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5592 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5593 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5594 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5595 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5596 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5597 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15029 54049))
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5600 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5601 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5603 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5604 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5606 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5608 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5610 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5611 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5613 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5615 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5616 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5618 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5620 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5621 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5622 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5623 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5625 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5627 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5628 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5629 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5630 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5632 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5634 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5635 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5636 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5637 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5639 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5641 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5642 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5643 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5644 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5648 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5649 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5650 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5651 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5652 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5653 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5655 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5656 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5657 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5658 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5662 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5663 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5664 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5665 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5667 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5669 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5671 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5672 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5673 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5674 follows:
5675 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5676 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5678 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5679 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5680 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5681 follows:
5682 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5683 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5685 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5686 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5687 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5688 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5689 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5691 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5692 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5693 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5694 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5695 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5696 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5698 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5700 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5701 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5703 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5704 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5706 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5708 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5709 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5711 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5712 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5714 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5715 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5716 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5717 buffer." t nil)
5719 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5720 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5721 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5722 buffer." t nil)
5724 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5725 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5726 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5727 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5729 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5730 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5731 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5732 and don't ask the user.
5733 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5734 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5736 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5737 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5738 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5739 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5740 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5741 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5743 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5745 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5747 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5748 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5749 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5750 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5751 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5753 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5755 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5756 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5757 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5760 Display Ediff's manual.
5761 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5763 ;;;***
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5766 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5769 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5771 ;;;***
5773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14952 1182))
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5776 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5778 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5780 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5782 ;;;***
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5785 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5788 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5789 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5791 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5793 ;;;***
5795 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5796 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15029 54049))
5797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5799 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5800 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5801 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5802 which see." t nil)
5804 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5805 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5806 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5807 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5809 ;;;***
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5812 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5813 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5815 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5817 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5818 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5819 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5821 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5822 Edit a keyboard macro.
5823 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5824 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5825 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5826 its command name.
5827 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5830 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5832 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5833 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5835 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5836 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5837 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5838 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5839 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5840 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5842 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5843 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5844 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5845 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5847 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5848 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5849 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5850 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5851 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5852 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5854 ;;;***
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5857 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14937 48691))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5860 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5861 Set scroll margins.
5862 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5863 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5865 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5866 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5868 ;;;***
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5871 ;;;;;; (15031 23653))
5872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5874 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5875 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5876 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5877 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5878 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5879 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5880 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5881 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5883 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5884 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5886 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5887 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5888 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5889 this value is non-nil.
5891 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5892 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5893 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5895 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
5896 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
5897 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5899 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5901 ;;;***
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5904 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5907 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5908 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5910 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5911 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5912 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5913 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5914 from the documentation string if possible.
5916 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5917 instead.
5919 This variable is buffer-local.")
5921 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5922 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5924 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5926 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5927 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5928 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5930 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5931 of the mode.
5932 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5933 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5935 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5936 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5938 ;;;***
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14966
5941 ;;;;;; 38375))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5944 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5945 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5947 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5948 an elided material again.
5950 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5952 ;;;***
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5955 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5958 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5959 Initialize elint." t nil)
5961 ;;;***
5963 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5964 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
5965 ;;;;;; 20130))
5966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5968 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5969 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5970 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5972 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5973 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5974 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5976 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5977 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5978 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5980 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5982 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5983 Display current profiling results.
5984 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5985 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5986 displayed." t nil)
5988 ;;;***
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5991 ;;;;;; (15044 17427))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5994 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5995 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5996 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5998 ;;;***
6000 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6001 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6002 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6003 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6004 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
6005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6007 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6009 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6011 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6013 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6015 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6017 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6019 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6021 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6023 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6025 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6026 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6028 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6029 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6031 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6032 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6034 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6035 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6037 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6039 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6041 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6043 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6045 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6046 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6048 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6049 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6051 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6053 ;;;***
6055 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6056 ;;;;;; (15044 44944))
6057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6059 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6060 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6061 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6063 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6064 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6065 automatically.
6067 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6068 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6069 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6071 ;;;***
6073 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6074 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 22378))
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6077 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6078 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6079 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6080 text/enriched format.
6081 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6083 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6084 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6086 Commands:
6088 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6090 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6092 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6094 ;;;***
6096 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14977
6097 ;;;;;; 57708))
6098 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6100 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6101 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6103 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6105 ;;;***
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
6108 ;;;;;; 20873))
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6111 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6112 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6114 ;;;***
6116 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6117 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
6118 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6120 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6121 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6122 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6123 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6124 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6125 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6126 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6128 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6129 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6130 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6132 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6133 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6134 The result might be any Lisp object.
6135 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6136 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6137 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6139 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6140 Report a bug in Eshell.
6141 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6142 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6144 ;;;***
6146 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6147 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6148 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6149 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6150 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6151 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6152 ;;;;;; (15023 37099))
6153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6155 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6156 *File name of tags table.
6157 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6158 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6159 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6160 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6162 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6163 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6164 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6165 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6167 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6168 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6169 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6170 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6171 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6172 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6174 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6175 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6176 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6177 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6178 \(i.e. via customize of auto-compression-mode or by calling the function
6179 auto-compression-mode).")
6181 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6182 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6183 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6184 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6185 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6187 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6188 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6189 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6190 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6192 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6193 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6194 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6195 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6196 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6198 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6199 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6200 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6201 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6203 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6204 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6205 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6206 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6207 file the tag was in." t nil)
6209 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6210 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6211 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6212 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6213 without directory names." nil nil)
6215 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6216 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6217 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6218 but does not select the buffer.
6219 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6221 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6222 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6223 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6224 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6225 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6227 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6229 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6230 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6231 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6233 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6235 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6236 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6237 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6238 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6240 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6241 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6242 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6243 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6244 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6246 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6248 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6249 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6250 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6252 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6253 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6255 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6256 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6257 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6258 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6259 around or before point.
6261 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6262 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6263 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6264 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6265 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6267 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6269 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6270 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6271 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6273 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6274 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6276 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6277 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6278 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6279 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6280 around or before point.
6282 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6283 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6284 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6285 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6286 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6288 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6290 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6291 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6292 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6294 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6295 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6297 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6298 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6299 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6301 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6302 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6303 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6304 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6305 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6307 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6309 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6310 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6311 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6313 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6314 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6315 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6317 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6318 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6320 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6321 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6322 where they were found." t nil)
6324 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6325 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6327 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6328 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6329 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6331 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6332 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6334 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6335 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6337 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6338 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6339 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6340 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6342 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6343 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6344 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6345 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6346 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6347 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6349 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6350 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6351 Stops when a match is found.
6352 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6354 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6356 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6357 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6358 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6359 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6360 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6362 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6364 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6365 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6366 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6367 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6368 directory specification." t nil)
6370 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6371 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6373 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6374 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6375 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6376 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6378 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6379 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6380 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6381 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6382 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6384 ;;;***
6386 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6387 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6388 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6389 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6390 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6391 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6392 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6393 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15016 44843))
6394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6396 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6398 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6399 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6400 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6401 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6403 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6404 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6405 language.
6407 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6408 even if the buffer is read-only.
6410 See also the descriptions of the variables
6411 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6412 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6414 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6415 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6417 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6418 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6420 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6421 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6422 language.
6424 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6425 buffer is read-only.
6427 See also the descriptions of the variables
6428 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6429 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6431 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6432 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6433 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6435 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6436 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6438 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6439 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6441 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6442 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6444 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6445 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6446 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6447 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6449 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6450 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6451 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6452 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6454 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6455 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6456 the primary language.
6458 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6459 buffer is read-only.
6461 See also the descriptions of the variables
6462 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6463 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6465 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6466 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6467 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6468 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6470 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6471 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6472 primary language.
6474 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6475 buffer is read-only.
6477 See also the descriptions of the variables
6478 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6479 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6481 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6482 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6483 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6485 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6486 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6488 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6489 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6490 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6491 3) convert the body into SERA.
6493 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6495 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6496 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6497 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6499 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6500 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6502 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6503 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6505 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6506 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6507 be 1, 2, or 3.
6509 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6510 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6511 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6513 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6515 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6516 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6518 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6519 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6520 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6522 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6523 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6525 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6526 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6528 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6529 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6531 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6532 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6534 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6535 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6537 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6538 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6540 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6541 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6543 ;;;***
6545 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6546 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6547 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6548 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6550 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6551 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6552 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6553 server for future sessions." t nil)
6555 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6556 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6558 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6559 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6561 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6562 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6563 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6564 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6565 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6566 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6567 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6568 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6569 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6570 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6571 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6572 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6574 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6575 Display a form to query the directory server.
6576 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6577 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6579 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6580 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6581 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6583 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6585 ;;;***
6587 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6588 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6589 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700))
6590 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6592 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6593 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6595 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6596 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6598 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6599 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6601 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6602 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6604 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6605 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6607 ;;;***
6609 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6610 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6611 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6613 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6614 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6615 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6617 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6618 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6620 ;;;***
6622 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6623 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6626 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6627 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6629 ;;;***
6631 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6632 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6633 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3718))
6634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6636 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6637 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6638 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6640 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6641 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6642 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6643 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6644 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6645 executable." t nil)
6647 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6648 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6649 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6651 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6652 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6653 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6654 file modes." nil nil)
6656 ;;;***
6658 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6659 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6660 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6662 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6663 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6664 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6665 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6667 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6669 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6670 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6671 to generate such functions.
6673 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6674 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6675 beginning of the expanded text.
6677 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6678 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6679 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6680 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6682 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6684 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6685 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6686 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6688 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6689 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6690 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6691 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6692 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6694 ;;;***
6696 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 34760))
6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6699 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6700 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6702 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6703 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6704 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6706 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6708 Key definitions:
6709 \\{f90-mode-map}
6711 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6713 f90-do-indent
6714 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6715 f90-if-indent
6716 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6717 f90-type-indent
6718 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6719 f90-program-indent
6720 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6721 (default 2)
6722 f90-continuation-indent
6723 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6724 f90-comment-region
6725 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6726 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6727 f90-indented-comment-re
6728 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6729 (default \"!\")
6730 f90-directive-comment-re
6731 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6732 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6733 f90-break-delimiters
6734 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6735 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6736 f90-break-before-delimiters
6737 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6738 (default t)
6739 f90-beginning-ampersand
6740 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6741 f90-smart-end
6742 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6743 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6744 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6745 f90-auto-keyword-case
6746 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6747 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6748 f90-leave-line-no
6749 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6750 f90-startup-message
6751 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6752 f90-keywords-re
6753 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6755 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6756 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6758 ;;;***
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6761 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6762 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6763 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6764 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6765 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6766 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6767 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6769 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6770 Menu keymap for faces.")
6772 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6774 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6775 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6777 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6779 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6780 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6782 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6784 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6785 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6787 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6789 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6790 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6792 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6794 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6795 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6797 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6799 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6800 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6802 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6804 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6806 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6808 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6810 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6811 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6812 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6813 will not show through at all will be removed.
6815 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6817 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6818 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6820 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6821 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6822 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6824 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6825 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6826 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6827 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6828 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6829 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6830 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6831 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6833 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6834 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6835 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6836 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6837 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6838 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6839 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6840 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6842 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6843 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6844 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6845 is the menu item's name.
6847 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6848 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6850 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6851 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6852 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6854 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6855 Make the region invisible.
6856 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6857 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6859 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6860 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6861 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6862 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6864 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6865 Make the region unmodifiable.
6866 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6867 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6869 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6870 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6872 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6873 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6875 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6876 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6877 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6879 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6880 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6882 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6883 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6885 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6886 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6887 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6888 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6889 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6891 ;;;***
6893 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6894 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6897 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6898 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6899 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6900 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6902 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6904 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6905 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6906 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6908 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6909 - When you save the file's buffer.
6910 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6911 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6912 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6913 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6915 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6917 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6918 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6919 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6920 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6922 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6923 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6925 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6927 ;;;***
6929 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6930 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6931 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14962 39487))
6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6934 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6935 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
6936 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
6937 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
6939 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6940 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6942 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6943 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6944 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6945 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6947 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6948 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6949 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6950 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6951 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6953 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6954 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6955 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6956 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6957 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6958 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6959 internally by feedmail):
6961 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6962 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6963 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6964 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6966 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6967 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6968 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6969 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6970 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6972 ;;;***
6974 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
6975 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14937 32770))
6976 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6978 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6979 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6980 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6981 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6982 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6983 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6984 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6986 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6987 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6988 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6989 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6990 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6991 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6992 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6994 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6995 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6997 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6998 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6999 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7000 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7001 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7002 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7004 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7005 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7006 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7007 Return value:
7008 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7009 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7010 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7012 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7013 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7015 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7016 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7018 ;;;***
7020 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7021 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
7022 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7024 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7025 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7026 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7027 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7028 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7029 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7030 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7031 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7032 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7033 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7035 ;;;***
7037 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7038 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 47797))
7039 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7041 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7042 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7043 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7044 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7045 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7047 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7048 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7049 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7050 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7052 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7053 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7054 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7056 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7058 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7059 as the final argument." t nil)
7061 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7062 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7063 and run dired on those files.
7064 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7065 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7067 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7069 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7070 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7071 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7073 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7075 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7077 ;;;***
7079 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7080 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7081 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
7082 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7084 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7085 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7086 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7088 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7090 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7091 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7092 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7094 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7095 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7097 Variables of interest include:
7099 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7100 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7101 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7103 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7104 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7105 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7107 - `ff-ignore-include'
7108 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7110 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7111 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7113 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7114 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7116 - `ff-special-constructs'
7117 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7118 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7119 extracting the filename from that construct.
7121 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7122 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7124 - `ff-search-directories'
7125 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7126 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7128 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7129 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7131 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7132 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7134 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7135 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7137 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7138 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7140 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7141 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7143 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7144 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7146 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7147 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7149 ;;;***
7151 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7152 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7153 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7154 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7155 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7156 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
7157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7159 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7160 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7162 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7163 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7164 not selected.
7166 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7167 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7168 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7170 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7171 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7173 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7174 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7175 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7176 it is one of the current buffers.
7178 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7179 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7180 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7182 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7183 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7185 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7187 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7188 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7190 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7192 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7193 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7195 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7196 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7197 not selected.
7199 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7200 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7202 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7203 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7205 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7206 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7207 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7208 it is one of the current buffers.
7210 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7211 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7212 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7214 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7215 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7217 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7219 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7220 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7222 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7224 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7225 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7226 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7228 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7229 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7232 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7234 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7235 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7237 ;;;***
7239 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7240 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894))
7241 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7243 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7244 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7246 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7247 Display FILE's commentary section.
7248 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7250 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7251 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7253 ;;;***
7255 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7256 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7257 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7259 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7260 Toggle flow control handling.
7261 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7262 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7264 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7265 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7266 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7267 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7268 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7269 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7271 ;;;***
7273 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7274 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7275 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15039 24620))
7276 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7278 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7279 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7280 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7282 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7283 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7285 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7287 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7288 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7289 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7290 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7291 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7292 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7294 Bindings:
7295 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7296 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7297 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7299 Hooks:
7300 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7302 Remark:
7303 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7304 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7305 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7307 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7308 consider adding:
7309 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7310 in your .emacs file.
7312 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7314 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7316 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7318 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7319 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7321 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7322 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7324 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7325 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7327 ;;;***
7329 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7330 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7331 ;;;;;; (15031 46144))
7332 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7334 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7335 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7337 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7338 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7340 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7341 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7343 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7344 of two major techniques:
7346 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7347 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7348 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7350 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7351 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7352 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7353 movement commands.
7355 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7356 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7357 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7358 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7359 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7360 mileage may vary).
7362 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7363 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7365 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7367 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7368 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7369 \(This is the default.)
7371 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7372 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7374 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7375 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7377 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7378 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7380 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7381 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7382 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7383 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7384 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7385 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7387 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7388 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7389 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7391 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7392 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7393 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7395 ;;;***
7397 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7398 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7399 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15007 28337))
7400 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7402 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7404 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7405 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7406 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive,
7407 otherwise turn it off.
7408 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7410 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7412 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7413 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7414 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7415 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7417 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7418 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7420 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7421 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7423 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7425 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7426 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7427 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7429 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7431 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7432 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7433 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7434 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7435 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7436 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7438 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7439 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7441 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7442 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7444 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7445 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7446 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7448 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7449 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7451 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7452 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7453 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7455 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7456 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7457 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7459 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7460 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7462 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7463 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7464 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7465 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7466 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7467 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7468 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7469 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7470 end of the current highlighting list.
7472 For example:
7474 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7475 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7476 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7478 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7479 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7481 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7482 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7483 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7485 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7486 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7488 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7489 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7491 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7492 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7493 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7495 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7497 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7499 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7501 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7502 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7503 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7504 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7505 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7507 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7508 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7510 ;;;***
7512 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7513 ;;;;;; (15002 6910))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7516 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7517 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7518 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7519 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7520 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7522 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7523 compatibility.
7525 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7526 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7528 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7530 ;;;***
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7533 ;;;;;; 9680))
7534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7536 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7537 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7538 \\<message-mode-map>
7539 key binding
7540 --- -------
7542 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7543 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7544 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7545 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7546 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7547 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7548 " t nil)
7550 ;;;***
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7553 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14977 56580))
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7556 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7557 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7559 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7560 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7561 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7562 C-c < forms-first-record <
7563 C-c > forms-last-record >
7564 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7565 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7566 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7567 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7568 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7569 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7570 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7571 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7572 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7573 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7574 " t nil)
7576 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7577 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7579 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7580 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7582 ;;;***
7584 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7585 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15044 44944))
7586 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7588 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7589 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7590 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7591 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7592 with a character in column 6.")
7594 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7595 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7596 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7597 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7599 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7600 Fortran keywords.
7602 Key definitions:
7603 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7605 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7607 `comment-start'
7608 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7609 set this to the string \"!\".
7610 `fortran-do-indent'
7611 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7612 `fortran-if-indent'
7613 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7614 `fortran-structure-indent'
7615 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7616 (default 3)
7617 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7618 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7619 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7620 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7621 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7622 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7623 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7624 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7625 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7626 (for TAB format continuation style).
7627 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7628 indentation for a line of code.
7629 (default 'fixed)
7630 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7631 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7632 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7633 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7634 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7635 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7636 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7637 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7638 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7639 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7640 column 5. (default 1)
7641 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7642 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7643 statements. (default nil)
7644 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7645 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7646 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7647 statement. (default nil)
7648 `fortran-continuation-string'
7649 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7650 line. (default \"$\")
7651 `fortran-comment-region'
7652 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7653 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7654 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7655 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7656 as typed. (default t)
7657 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7658 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7659 (default t)
7661 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7662 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7664 ;;;***
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7667 ;;;;;; (15044 17427))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7670 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7671 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7673 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7674 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7676 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7677 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7678 function.
7680 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7681 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7682 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7683 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7684 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7685 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7687 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7688 Each keyword should be a string.
7690 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7691 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7693 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7694 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7695 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7697 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7699 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7701 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7702 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7703 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7704 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7706 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7707 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7709 ;;;***
7711 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7712 ;;;;;; (14901 64516))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7715 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7716 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7717 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7718 at places they belong to." t nil)
7720 ;;;***
7722 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7723 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15044 43946))
7724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7726 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7727 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7729 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7730 Read network news.
7731 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7732 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7733 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7734 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7735 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7737 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7738 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7740 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7741 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7743 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7744 Read network news.
7745 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7746 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7747 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7749 ;;;***
7751 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7752 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7753 ;;;;;; (14862 37895))
7754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7756 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7757 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7759 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7760 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7763 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7764 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7765 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7767 \(gnus-agentize)
7769 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7770 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7771 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7773 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7774 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7776 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7778 ;;;***
7780 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7781 ;;;;;; (14977 51033))
7782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7784 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7785 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7787 ;;;***
7789 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7790 ;;;;;; (14896 40329))
7791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7793 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7794 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7796 ;;;***
7798 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7799 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7800 ;;;;;; 37896))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7803 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7804 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7806 Usage:
7807 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7809 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7810 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7812 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7813 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7815 ;;;***
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7818 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56834))
7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7821 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7822 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7823 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7825 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7826 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7828 ;;;***
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7831 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7834 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7836 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7837 Run batched scoring.
7838 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7840 ;;;***
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7843 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
7844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7846 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7848 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7849 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7851 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7853 ;;;***
7855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7856 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7857 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7860 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7861 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7862 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7863 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7864 group parameters.
7866 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7867 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7868 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7869 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7871 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7872 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7873 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7874 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7875 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7876 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7877 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7878 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7879 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7880 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7882 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7883 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7884 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7886 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
7887 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
7889 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7890 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7891 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7893 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7895 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7896 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7897 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7899 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7901 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7902 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7903 existing groups are considered.
7905 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7906 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7907 returned.
7909 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7910 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7911 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7912 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7913 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7914 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7915 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7916 clauses will be generated.
7918 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
7919 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
7920 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
7921 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
7922 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
7923 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
7925 For example, given the following group parameters:
7927 nnml:mail.bar:
7928 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7929 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7930 nnml:mail.foo:
7931 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7932 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7933 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7934 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7935 nnml:mail.others:
7936 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7938 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7940 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7941 \"mail.bar\")
7942 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7943 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7944 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7946 ;;;***
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7949 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
7950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7952 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7953 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7954 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7956 ;;;***
7958 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
7959 ;;;;;; 6802))
7960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7962 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7963 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7964 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7965 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7967 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7969 ;;;***
7971 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7972 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
7973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7975 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7976 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7977 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7978 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7979 part is ignored.
7981 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7982 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7983 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7985 ;;;***
7987 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7988 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
7989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7991 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7992 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7993 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7994 for matching on group names.
7996 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7997 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7999 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8001 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8003 ;;;***
8005 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8006 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
8007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8009 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8010 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8012 ;;;***
8014 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8015 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8018 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8019 Unload all Gnus features.
8020 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8021 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8022 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8024 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8025 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8027 ;;;***
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8030 ;;;;;; (14955 64850))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8033 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8034 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8036 ;;;***
8038 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
8039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8041 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8042 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8043 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8044 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8045 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8047 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8048 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8049 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8051 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8052 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8053 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8055 ;;;***
8057 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8058 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8061 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8062 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8063 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8064 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8065 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8067 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8068 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8069 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8070 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8071 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8073 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8074 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8075 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8076 or to send e-mail.
8077 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8079 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8080 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8082 ;;;***
8084 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14959 64907))
8085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8087 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8088 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8089 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8090 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8091 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8093 ;;;***
8095 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8096 ;;;;;; (14961 24345))
8097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8099 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8100 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8101 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8102 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8104 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8105 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8106 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8107 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8109 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8110 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8111 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8112 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8115 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8116 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8117 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8119 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8120 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8122 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8123 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8124 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8125 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8127 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8128 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8129 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8130 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8132 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8133 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8134 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8135 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8136 between it and it's value." t nil)
8137 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8139 ;;;***
8141 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
8142 ;;;;;; 40782))
8143 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8145 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8146 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8147 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8148 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8150 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8151 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8152 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8153 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8155 ;;;***
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8158 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8161 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8162 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8164 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8165 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8166 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8167 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8169 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8171 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8172 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8173 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8174 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8175 to be updated." t nil)
8177 ;;;***
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8180 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8183 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8184 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8185 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8186 and window listing and describing the options.
8187 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8188 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8190 ;;;***
8192 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8193 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
8194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8196 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8197 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8199 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8200 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8202 ;;;***
8204 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8205 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15050 55876))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8208 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8209 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8210 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8211 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8212 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8214 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8215 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8217 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8218 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8219 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8220 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8222 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8223 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8224 periods.
8226 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8227 in hexl format.
8229 A sample format:
8231 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8232 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8233 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8234 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8235 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8236 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8237 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8238 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8239 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8240 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8241 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8242 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8243 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8244 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8245 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8247 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8248 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8249 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8251 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8252 also supported.
8254 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8256 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8257 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8258 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8260 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8261 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8262 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8264 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8265 into the buffer at the current point.
8267 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8268 into the buffer at the current point.
8270 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8271 into the buffer at the current point.
8273 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8275 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8276 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8278 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8280 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8282 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8283 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8284 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8286 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8287 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8288 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8290 ;;;***
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8293 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8294 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15020
8295 ;;;;;; 34856))
8296 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8298 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8300 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8301 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8303 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8305 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8307 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8308 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8310 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8311 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8312 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8313 which can be called interactively, are:
8315 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8316 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8318 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8319 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8320 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8321 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8323 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8324 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8326 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8327 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8329 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8330 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8331 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8332 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8333 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8334 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8336 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8337 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8339 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8340 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8341 Hi-lock: FOO
8342 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8343 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8344 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8345 will be read until
8346 Hi-lock: end
8347 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8349 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8351 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8352 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8354 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8355 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8356 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8357 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8359 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8361 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8362 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8364 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8365 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8366 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8367 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8369 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8371 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8372 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8374 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8375 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8377 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8379 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8380 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8382 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8383 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8384 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8385 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8386 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8388 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8389 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8391 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8392 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8393 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8395 ;;;***
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8398 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 14843))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8401 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8402 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8404 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8405 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8406 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8407 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8408 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8409 how the hiding is done:
8411 hide-ifdef-env
8412 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8413 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8414 is used.
8416 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8417 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8418 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8419 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8420 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8422 hide-ifdef-lines
8423 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8424 #endif lines when hiding.
8426 hide-ifdef-initially
8427 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8428 is activated.
8430 hide-ifdef-read-only
8431 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8432 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8434 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8436 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8437 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8439 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8440 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8442 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8443 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8445 ;;;***
8447 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8448 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15023 12285))
8449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8451 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8452 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8454 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8455 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8456 Each element has the form
8457 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8459 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8460 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8462 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8463 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8465 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8466 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8467 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8468 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8469 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8471 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8472 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8474 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8475 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8477 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8478 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8479 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8481 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8482 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8483 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8484 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8485 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8486 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8488 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8489 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8490 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8492 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8493 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8495 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8497 Key bindings:
8498 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8500 ;;;***
8502 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8503 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8504 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8505 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 32459))
8506 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8508 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8510 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8511 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8512 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8514 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8515 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8517 Without an argument:
8518 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8519 or passive state as determined by the variable
8520 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8521 and passive state.
8523 With an argument ARG:
8524 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8525 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8526 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8528 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8529 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8530 not displayed in a different face.
8532 Functions:
8533 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8534 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8535 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8536 buffer with the contents of a file
8537 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8538 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8539 various faces.
8541 Hook variables:
8542 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8543 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8544 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8546 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8547 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8549 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8550 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8552 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8553 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8555 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8556 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8557 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8558 shown in the last face in the list.
8560 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8561 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8562 buffer to be saved):
8564 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8566 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8567 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8569 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8570 and must not be read-only.
8572 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8573 this function is called interactively.
8575 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8576 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8577 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8579 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8580 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8581 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8583 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8584 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8586 When called interactively:
8587 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8588 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8589 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8590 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8592 When called from a program:
8593 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8594 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8595 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8596 - otherwise just turn it on
8598 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8599 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8600 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8601 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8603 ;;;***
8605 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8606 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8607 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8608 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8609 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8610 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8612 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8613 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8614 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8615 or insert functions in this list.")
8617 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8618 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8620 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8621 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8623 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8624 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8626 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8627 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8629 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8630 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8631 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8633 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8634 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8635 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8636 \(as atoms)")
8638 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8639 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8640 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8641 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8642 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8644 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8645 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8646 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8647 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8648 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8649 expansions.
8650 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8651 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8652 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8654 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8655 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8656 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8657 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8664 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8665 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8666 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8668 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8670 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8672 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8674 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8675 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8676 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8677 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8678 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8680 ;;;***
8682 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8683 ;;;;;; (15039 13500))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8686 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8687 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8689 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8690 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8692 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8694 ;;;***
8696 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8697 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8700 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8701 This function is obsolete.
8702 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8703 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8705 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8706 This function is obsolete.
8707 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8708 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8710 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8711 This function is obsolete.
8712 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8713 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8715 ;;;***
8717 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8718 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15049 57897))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8721 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8722 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8723 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
8725 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8726 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8727 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8729 ;;;***
8731 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8734 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8735 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8736 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8737 Tab indents for Icon code.
8738 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8739 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8740 \\{icon-mode-map}
8741 Variables controlling indentation style:
8742 icon-tab-always-indent
8743 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8744 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8745 icon-auto-newline
8746 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8747 inserted in Icon code.
8748 icon-indent-level
8749 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8750 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8751 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8752 icon-continued-statement-offset
8753 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8754 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8755 icon-continued-brace-offset
8756 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8757 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8758 icon-brace-offset
8759 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8760 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8761 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8762 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8764 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8765 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8767 ;;;***
8769 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8770 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8773 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8774 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8775 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8776 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8778 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8779 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8780 separate frames.
8782 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8784 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8785 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8786 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8788 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8790 ;;;***
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8793 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8796 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8797 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8799 The main features of this mode are
8801 1. Indentation and Formatting
8802 --------------------------
8803 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8804 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8806 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8807 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8808 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8809 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8811 Comments are indented as follows:
8813 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8814 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8815 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8817 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8819 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8820 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8821 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8822 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8823 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8825 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8826 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8827 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8829 2. Routine Info
8830 ------------
8831 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8832 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8833 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8834 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8835 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8836 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8837 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8839 3. Online IDL Help
8840 ---------------
8841 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8842 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8843 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8844 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8845 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8847 4. Completion
8848 ----------
8849 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8850 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8851 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8852 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8853 mixed or upper case.
8855 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8856 --------------------------------
8857 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8858 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8860 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8861 \\fu FUNCTION template
8862 \\c CASE statement template
8863 \\sw SWITCH statement template
8864 \\f FOR loop template
8865 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8866 \\w WHILE loop template
8867 \\i IF statement template
8868 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8869 \\b BEGIN
8871 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8872 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8874 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8875 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8876 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8878 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8879 -------------------------
8880 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8881 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8883 7. Automatic END completion
8884 ------------------------
8885 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8886 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8888 8. Hooks
8889 -----
8890 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8891 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8893 9. Documentation and Customization
8894 -------------------------------
8895 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8896 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8897 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8898 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8899 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8901 10.Keybindings
8902 -----------
8903 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8904 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8905 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8907 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8909 ;;;***
8911 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
8912 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8913 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8915 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8916 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8917 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8919 ;;;***
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8922 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8923 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15041 56164))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8926 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8927 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8928 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8929 be determined." nil nil)
8931 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8932 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8933 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8934 be determined." nil nil)
8936 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8937 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8938 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8940 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8941 Create an image.
8942 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8943 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8944 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8945 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8946 use its file extension as image type.
8947 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8948 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8949 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8950 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8952 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8953 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8954 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8955 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8956 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8957 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8958 POS may be an integer or marker.
8959 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8960 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8961 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8962 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8964 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8965 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8966 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8967 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8968 defaulted if you omit it.
8969 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8970 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8971 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8972 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8974 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8975 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8976 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8977 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8979 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8980 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8982 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8984 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8985 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8986 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8987 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8988 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8989 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8990 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8991 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8992 satisfied.
8994 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8996 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8997 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8999 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9000 documentation string.
9002 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9003 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9004 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9005 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9006 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9007 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9008 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9009 define SYMBOL.
9011 Example:
9013 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9014 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9016 ;;;***
9018 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9019 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9020 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14994 15539))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9023 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9024 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9025 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9026 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9028 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9029 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9030 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9031 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9033 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9034 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9035 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9036 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9038 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9039 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9040 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9041 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9043 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9044 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9046 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9047 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9048 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9049 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9051 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9052 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9053 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9055 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9057 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9059 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9061 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9062 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9063 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9064 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9066 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9067 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9068 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9070 ;;;***
9072 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9073 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15015 19821))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9076 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9077 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9079 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9081 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9082 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9083 in the buffer.
9085 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9087 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9088 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9089 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9091 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9092 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9094 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9095 to create a buffer index.
9097 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9098 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9099 or like this:
9100 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9101 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9102 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9103 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9104 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9106 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9107 entries are not nested.
9109 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9110 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9111 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9112 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9114 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9115 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9117 The variable is buffer-local.
9119 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9120 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9121 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9123 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9124 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9125 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9126 during matching.")
9128 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9130 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9131 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9133 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9134 of the current buffer as an alist.
9136 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9137 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9138 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9139 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9140 if it is a sub-alist.
9142 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9144 The variable is buffer-local.")
9146 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9148 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9149 Function for finding the next index position.
9151 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9152 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9153 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9154 file.
9156 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9157 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9159 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9161 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9163 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9164 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9166 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9167 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9168 It should return the name for that index item.
9170 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9172 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9174 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9175 Function to compare string with index item.
9177 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9178 non-nil if they match.
9180 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9181 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9182 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9183 arguments match\".
9185 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9187 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9189 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9190 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9191 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9193 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9195 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9197 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9199 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9200 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9201 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9202 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9204 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9205 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9207 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9209 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9210 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9211 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9212 for more information." t nil)
9214 ;;;***
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9217 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9220 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9221 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9222 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9223 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9224 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9226 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9227 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9229 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9230 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9231 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9232 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9233 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9234 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9235 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9236 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9238 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9239 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9240 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9241 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9242 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9244 This variable is only used if the variable
9245 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9247 More precise choices:
9248 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9249 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9250 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9252 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9254 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9255 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9257 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9258 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9259 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9260 to that buffer.
9261 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9262 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9263 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9265 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9267 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9269 ;;;***
9271 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9272 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9273 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15031 26382))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9276 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9277 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9278 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9280 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9281 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9282 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9283 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9284 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9285 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9287 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9288 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9290 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9291 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9292 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9294 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9295 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9296 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9297 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9299 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9300 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9302 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9303 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9304 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9305 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9306 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9308 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9309 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9310 KEY is a string.
9311 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9312 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9313 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9314 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9316 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9317 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9318 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9320 ;;;***
9322 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9323 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9324 ;;;;;; (15013 64496))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9327 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9328 Throw away all cached data.
9329 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9330 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9331 system." t nil)
9333 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9334 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9335 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9336 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9337 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9338 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9340 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9342 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9343 Display the documentation of a file.
9344 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9345 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9346 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9347 The default file name is the one found at point.
9349 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9351 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9352 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9354 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9355 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9357 ;;;***
9359 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9360 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9363 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9364 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9366 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9367 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9368 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9370 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9371 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9372 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9374 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9375 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9376 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9377 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9379 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9380 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9381 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9383 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9384 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9385 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9386 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9387 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9389 ;;;***
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9392 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9393 ;;;;;; (14837 20776))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9396 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9397 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9399 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9400 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9402 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9404 ;;;***
9406 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9407 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9410 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9411 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9412 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9413 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9414 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9415 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9417 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9418 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9420 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9421 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9422 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9423 \"s gives German sharp s.
9424 /a gives a with ring.
9425 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9426 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9427 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9428 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9430 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9431 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9433 ;;;***
9435 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9436 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9437 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9438 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14913 56005))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9441 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9442 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9443 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9444 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9446 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9447 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9448 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9449 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9451 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9452 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9453 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9454 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9456 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9457 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9458 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9459 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9461 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9462 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9463 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9464 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9466 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9467 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9468 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9469 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9471 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9472 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9473 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9474 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9476 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9477 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9478 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9479 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9481 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9482 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9483 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9484 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9486 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9487 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9489 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9490 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9492 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9493 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9495 ;;;***
9497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9498 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9500 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9501 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9502 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9504 ;;;***
9506 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9507 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9508 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9509 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9510 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9511 ;;;;;; (15039 21634))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9514 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9515 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9517 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9518 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9520 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9521 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9523 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9524 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9525 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9526 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9528 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9529 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9530 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9532 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9534 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9536 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9538 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9540 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9542 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9544 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9545 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9547 Each element of this list is also a list:
9549 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9550 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9552 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9553 nil means the default dictionary.
9555 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9556 word.
9558 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9560 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9561 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9562 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9563 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9564 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9565 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9566 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9567 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9568 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9570 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9571 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9572 single word.
9574 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9575 subprocess.
9577 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9578 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9579 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9580 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9581 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9582 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9583 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9584 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9586 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9588 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9589 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9590 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9592 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9593 Key map for ispell menu.")
9595 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9596 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9597 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9598 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9600 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9602 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9604 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9606 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9608 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9610 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9611 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9612 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9613 Valid forms include:
9614 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9615 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9616 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9617 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9619 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9620 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9621 First list is used raw.
9622 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9624 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9625 for skipping in latex mode.")
9627 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9629 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9630 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9631 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9632 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9634 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9635 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9636 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9637 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9638 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9640 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9641 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9643 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9645 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9646 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9648 return values:
9649 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9650 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9651 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9652 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9653 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9655 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9656 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9658 Selections are:
9660 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9661 SPC: Accept word this time.
9662 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9663 `a': Accept word for this session.
9664 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9665 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9666 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9667 `?': Show these commands.
9668 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9669 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9670 the aborted check to be completed later.
9671 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9672 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9673 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9674 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9675 `C-l': redraws screen
9676 `C-r': recursive edit
9677 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9679 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9680 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9681 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9683 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9684 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9685 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9687 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9689 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9691 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9692 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9693 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9694 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9696 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9697 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9699 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9700 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9702 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9703 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9705 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9706 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9707 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9708 sequence inside of a word.
9710 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9712 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9713 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9715 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9716 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9717 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9718 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9720 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9721 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9722 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9723 available on the net." t nil)
9725 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9726 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9727 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9729 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9730 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9732 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9733 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9735 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9736 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9737 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9738 Don't check included messages.
9740 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9741 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9742 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9744 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9745 in your .emacs file:
9746 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9747 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9748 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9749 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9751 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9752 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9753 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9755 ;;;***
9757 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9758 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9759 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9760 ;;;;;; (14960 24088))
9761 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9763 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9764 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9766 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9768 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9770 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9772 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9773 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9774 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9775 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9776 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9777 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9779 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9780 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9781 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9782 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9784 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9786 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9787 Switch to another buffer.
9789 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9790 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9791 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9792 in another frame.
9793 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9795 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9796 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9797 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9798 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9800 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9801 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9802 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9803 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9805 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9806 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9807 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9808 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9810 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9811 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9812 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9813 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9814 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9816 ;;;***
9818 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9819 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9820 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9821 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15016 44843))
9822 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9824 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9826 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9827 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9828 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9829 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9830 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9831 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9832 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9833 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9835 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9836 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9837 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9838 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9840 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9841 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9842 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9843 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9844 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9846 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9847 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9848 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9849 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9851 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9852 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9853 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9854 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9856 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9857 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9859 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9860 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9861 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9862 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9863 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9865 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9866 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9867 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9868 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9869 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9871 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9872 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9873 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9875 ;;;***
9877 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15024
9878 ;;;;;; 38245))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9881 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9882 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9883 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9884 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9885 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9887 ;;;***
9889 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9890 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14913 56004))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9893 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9894 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
9895 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9897 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9899 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9901 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9903 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9904 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9905 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9906 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9908 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9909 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9911 ;;;***
9913 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9914 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9917 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9918 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9919 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9921 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9922 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9923 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9924 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9925 shorter.
9927 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9928 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9929 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9931 ;;;***
9933 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15040
9934 ;;;;;; 18770))
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9937 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9938 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9939 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9940 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9941 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9942 positions that contains the current selection.")
9944 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9945 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9946 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9947 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9948 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9949 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9950 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9952 ;;;***
9954 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9955 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9958 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9959 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9960 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9962 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9964 ;;;***
9966 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9967 ;;;;;; (14914 11282))
9968 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9970 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9972 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9973 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9975 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9977 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9978 Start or resume an Lm game.
9979 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9980 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9982 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9983 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9984 none / 1 | yes | no
9985 2 | yes | yes
9986 3 | no | yes
9987 4 | no | no
9989 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9990 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9991 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9993 ;;;***
9995 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9996 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9997 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15016 44843))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10000 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10002 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10003 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10004 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10005 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10006 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10007 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10009 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10010 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10012 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10013 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10015 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10016 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10017 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10018 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10019 to compose.
10021 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10023 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10025 ;;;***
10027 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10028 ;;;;;; (15038 62392))
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10031 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10032 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10033 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10034 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10035 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10036 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10037 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10038 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10041 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10043 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10045 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10047 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10048 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10049 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10050 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10051 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10053 ;;;***
10055 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10056 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15002 21682))
10057 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10059 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10060 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10061 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10062 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10064 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10066 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10068 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10069 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10070 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10071 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10072 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10073 for large buffers.
10075 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10076 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10077 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10078 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10079 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10081 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10082 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10083 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10084 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10085 slow to keep up with your typing.
10087 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10088 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10089 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10090 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10091 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10092 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10094 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10095 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10096 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10097 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10099 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10100 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10101 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10102 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10104 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10105 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10106 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10107 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10108 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10110 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10111 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10113 ;;;***
10115 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10116 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
10117 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10119 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10120 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10122 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10123 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10125 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10126 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10128 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10129 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10130 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10131 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10132 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10133 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10134 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10135 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10136 and transmit saved text.
10137 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10138 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10139 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10141 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10143 ;;;***
10145 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64668))
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10148 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10149 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10150 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10151 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10152 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10154 ;;;***
10156 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10157 ;;;;;; 14322))
10158 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10160 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10161 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10162 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10163 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10165 ;;;***
10167 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10168 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10171 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10172 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10173 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10175 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10176 Run the locate command with a filter.
10178 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10179 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10181 ;;;***
10183 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15013 64496))
10184 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10186 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10187 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10188 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10189 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10190 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10191 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10192 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10193 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10194 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10195 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10196 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10197 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10198 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10200 ;;;***
10202 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909
10203 ;;;;;; 56659))
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10206 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10207 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10209 ;;;***
10211 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10212 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15004
10213 ;;;;;; 64944))
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10216 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10218 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10220 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10221 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10222 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10224 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10225 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10227 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10228 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10229 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10230 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10231 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10232 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10233 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10235 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10236 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10237 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10238 switch on this list.
10239 See `lpr-command'.")
10241 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10242 *Name of program for printing a file.
10244 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10245 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10246 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10247 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10248 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10249 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10250 argument.")
10252 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10253 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10254 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10255 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10257 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10258 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10260 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10261 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10262 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10263 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10265 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10266 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10268 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10269 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10271 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10272 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10273 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10274 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10276 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10277 Paginate and print the region contents.
10279 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10280 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10281 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10282 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10284 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10285 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10287 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10288 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10290 ;;;***
10292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14930 62509))
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10295 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10297 ;;;***
10299 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10300 ;;;;;; 53924))
10301 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10303 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10304 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10305 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10307 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10309 ;;;***
10311 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14718
10312 ;;;;;; 57758))
10313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10315 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10316 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10317 \\{m4-mode-map}
10318 " t nil)
10320 ;;;***
10322 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10323 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15551))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10326 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10327 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10328 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10329 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10330 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10332 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10333 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10334 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10335 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10337 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10338 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10339 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10340 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10341 bindings.
10343 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10344 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10346 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10347 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10348 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10349 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10350 each time the macro executes.
10351 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10352 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10353 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10354 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10355 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10356 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10357 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10359 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10360 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10361 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10363 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10364 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10365 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10366 execute.
10368 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10369 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10371 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10372 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10373 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10374 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10375 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10377 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10378 looked like this:
10380 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10381 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10382 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10384 You could enter the names in this format:
10390 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10392 \\C-x (
10393 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10394 \\C-x )
10396 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10397 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10398 " t nil)
10399 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10401 ;;;***
10403 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10404 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15049 36365))
10405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10407 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10408 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10409 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10410 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10412 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10413 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10414 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10415 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10416 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10418 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10419 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10420 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10421 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10423 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10424 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10426 ;;;***
10428 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10429 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10430 ;;;;;; (14932 18342))
10431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10433 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10434 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10436 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10438 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10439 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10441 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10442 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10443 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10444 message.
10446 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10448 ;;;***
10450 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10451 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10452 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
10453 ;;;;;; 27006))
10454 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10456 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10457 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10458 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10459 often correct parser.")
10461 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10463 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10464 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10465 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10466 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10468 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10469 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10470 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10471 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10473 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10474 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10475 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10476 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10478 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10479 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10480 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10481 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10482 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10483 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10485 ;;;***
10487 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10488 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14924 33104))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10491 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10492 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10494 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10495 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10496 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10498 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10499 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10500 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10502 ;;;***
10504 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10505 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10506 ;;;;;; 15646))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10509 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10510 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10511 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10512 king@grassland.com
10513 If `parens', they look like:
10514 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10515 If `angles', they look like:
10516 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10518 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10519 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10520 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10521 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10522 their `Resent-' variants.
10524 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10525 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10527 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10528 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10529 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10531 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10532 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10533 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10534 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10536 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10537 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10538 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10539 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10541 ;;;***
10543 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10544 ;;;;;; (14976 12163))
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10547 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10548 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10549 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10551 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10553 In the browser, use the following keys:
10555 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10557 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10559 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10560 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10562 makefile-target-colon:
10563 The string that gets appended to all target names
10564 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10565 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10567 makefile-macro-assign:
10568 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10569 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10570 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10571 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10572 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10573 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10575 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10576 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10577 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10579 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10580 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10582 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10583 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10584 up or down in the browser.
10586 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10587 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10589 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10590 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10592 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10593 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10594 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10595 has been selected in the browser.
10597 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10598 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10599 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10600 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10601 filenames are omitted.
10603 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10604 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10605 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10606 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10607 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10608 the backslash itself intact.
10609 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10610 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10612 makefile-browser-hook:
10613 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10614 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10616 makefile-special-targets-list:
10617 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10618 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10619 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10621 ;;;***
10623 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10624 ;;;;;; 28917))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10627 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10628 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10629 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10631 ;;;***
10633 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15013 64496))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10636 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10638 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10639 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10640 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10641 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10642 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10643 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10644 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10646 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10647 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10649 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10650 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10652 ;;;***
10654 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10655 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10656 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10657 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10658 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10659 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10660 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10661 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10662 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15029 54050))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10665 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10666 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10668 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10669 king@grassland.com
10670 If `parens', they look like:
10671 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10672 If `angles', they look like:
10673 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10675 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10676 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10678 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10679 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10681 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10682 *Local news organization file.")
10684 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10685 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10686 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10687 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10689 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10690 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10691 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10693 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10695 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10696 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10698 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10699 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10701 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10702 *Function for citing an original message.
10703 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10704 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10705 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10707 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10708 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10709 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10710 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10711 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10713 (defvar message-signature t "\
10714 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10715 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10716 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10717 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10719 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10720 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
10721 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
10722 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
10724 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10726 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10727 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10728 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10729 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10730 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10731 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10732 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10733 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10734 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10735 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10736 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10737 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10738 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10739 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10740 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10741 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10742 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10743 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10744 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10745 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10746 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10747 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10748 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10749 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10750 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10752 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10753 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10754 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10756 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10757 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10759 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10760 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10762 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10763 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10765 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10766 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10767 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10769 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10770 Cancel an article you posted.
10771 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10773 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10774 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10775 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10776 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10778 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10779 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10781 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10782 Forward the current message via mail.
10783 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10784 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10786 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10787 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10789 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10790 Re-mail the current message.
10791 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10792 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10793 you." t nil)
10795 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10796 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10798 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10799 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10801 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10802 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10804 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10805 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10807 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10808 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10809 Works by overstriking characters.
10810 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10811 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10813 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10814 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10815 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10816 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10818 ;;;***
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10821 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10824 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10825 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10826 Special commands:
10827 \\{meta-mode-map}
10829 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10830 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10832 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10833 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10834 Special commands:
10835 \\{meta-mode-map}
10837 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10838 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10840 ;;;***
10842 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10843 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10844 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10847 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10848 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10849 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10851 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10852 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10853 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10854 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10855 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10856 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10857 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10859 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10860 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10861 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10862 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10863 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10864 means current).
10865 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10866 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10868 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10869 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10870 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10871 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10872 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10873 means current).
10874 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10875 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10877 ;;;***
10879 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10880 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14977 57823))
10881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10883 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10884 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10885 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10886 to the MH mail system.
10888 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10890 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10891 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10892 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10893 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10894 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10895 that want to create a mail buffer.
10896 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10898 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10899 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10900 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10901 to the MH mail system.
10903 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10905 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10906 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10907 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10908 using the MH mail handling system.
10909 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10910 messages.
10912 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10914 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10916 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10917 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10918 the yanked message.
10920 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10921 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10922 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10923 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10924 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10926 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10927 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10928 inserted in a draft letter.
10930 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10931 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10933 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10935 ;;;***
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
10938 ;;;;;; 24610))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10941 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10942 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10943 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10944 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10946 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10947 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10949 ;;;***
10951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10954 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10955 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10957 ;;;***
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15050 55877))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10962 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10964 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10966 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10968 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10970 ;;;***
10972 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10973 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 22609))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10976 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10977 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10978 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10979 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10980 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10981 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10982 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10983 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10984 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10985 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10986 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10988 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10989 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10990 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10991 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10993 ;;;***
10995 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
10996 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
10997 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
10999 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11000 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
11001 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11003 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11005 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11007 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11009 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11010 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11011 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11012 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11013 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11014 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11015 default indication.
11017 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11018 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11020 ;;;***
11022 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11023 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
11024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11026 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11027 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11029 ;;;***
11031 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11032 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11035 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11036 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11037 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11038 the entire message.
11039 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11041 ;;;***
11043 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11044 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
11045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11047 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11048 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11049 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11050 followed by the first character of the construct.
11051 \\<m2-mode-map>
11052 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11053 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11054 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11055 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11056 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11057 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11058 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11059 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11060 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11061 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11062 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11063 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11064 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11065 \\[m2-link] link
11067 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11068 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11069 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11071 ;;;***
11073 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11074 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11077 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11078 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11080 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11081 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11083 ;;;***
11085 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
11086 ;;;;;; 21062))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11089 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11090 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11091 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11092 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11094 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11096 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11098 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11100 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11101 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11102 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11103 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11104 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11105 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11107 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11108 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11109 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11110 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11111 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11113 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11114 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11116 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11117 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11119 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11121 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11122 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11123 primary selection and region." t nil)
11125 ;;;***
11127 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11128 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11130 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11131 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11133 ;;;***
11135 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14994 35820))
11136 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11138 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11139 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11140 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11141 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11142 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11144 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11146 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11148 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11149 Toggle Msb mode.
11150 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11151 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11152 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11154 ;;;***
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11157 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11158 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11159 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11160 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11161 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15038 62392))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11164 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11165 Display a list of all character sets.
11167 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11168 for internal Emacs use.
11170 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11171 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11172 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11173 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11174 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11176 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11177 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11178 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11179 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11181 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11182 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11184 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11185 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11186 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11187 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11188 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11190 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11191 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11192 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11193 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11194 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11196 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11197 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11199 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11200 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11202 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11203 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11204 POS defaults to point.
11205 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11206 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11207 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11209 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11210 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11212 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11213 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11215 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11216 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11217 at the place of `..':
11218 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11219 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11220 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11221 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11222 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11223 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11224 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11225 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11226 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11227 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11228 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11229 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11230 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11231 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11232 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11233 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11235 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11236 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11238 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11239 Display a list of all coding systems.
11240 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11242 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11243 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11245 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11246 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11248 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11249 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11251 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11252 Display information of FONTSET.
11253 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11255 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11256 Display a list of all fontsets.
11257 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11258 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11259 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11261 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11262 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11264 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11265 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11267 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11268 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11269 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11270 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11272 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11273 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11274 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11276 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11277 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11278 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11280 ;;;***
11282 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11283 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11284 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11285 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11286 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11287 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11288 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
11289 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11291 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11292 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11293 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11295 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11296 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11298 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11299 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11301 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11302 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11304 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11305 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11306 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11307 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11308 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11310 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11311 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11312 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11313 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11314 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11316 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11317 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11319 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11321 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11322 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11324 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11325 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11326 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11328 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11329 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11330 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11332 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11333 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11334 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11335 is considered.
11336 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11337 longer than KEYSEQ.
11338 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11340 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11341 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11342 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11343 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11344 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11345 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11346 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11347 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11348 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11349 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11350 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11352 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11353 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11355 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11356 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11358 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11359 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11361 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11362 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11364 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11365 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11367 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11368 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11369 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11370 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11372 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11373 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11374 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11375 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11377 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11378 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11379 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11380 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11382 ;;;***
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11385 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11388 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11389 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11390 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11392 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11394 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11396 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11398 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11399 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11400 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11401 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11403 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11404 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11406 ;;;***
11408 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11409 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11410 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11411 ;;;;;; (14994 26744))
11412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11414 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11415 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11417 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11418 Ping HOST.
11419 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11420 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11422 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11423 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11425 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11427 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11428 Run netstat program." t nil)
11430 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11431 Run the arp program." t nil)
11433 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11434 Run the route program." t nil)
11436 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11437 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11439 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11440 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11442 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11443 Run dig program." t nil)
11445 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11446 Run ftp program." t nil)
11448 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11449 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11451 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11452 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11453 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11454 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11456 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11458 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11459 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11461 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11462 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11464 ;;;***
11466 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11467 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11468 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11469 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11470 ;;;;;; (15011 22903))
11471 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11473 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11475 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11477 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11479 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11481 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11483 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11484 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11485 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11486 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11487 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11489 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11490 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11492 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11493 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11494 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11495 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11497 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11498 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11500 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11501 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11502 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11504 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11505 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11506 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11507 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11508 column indentation or nil.
11509 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11511 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11512 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11513 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11515 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11516 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11517 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11518 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11520 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11521 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11523 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11524 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11525 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11527 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11528 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11530 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11531 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11532 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11534 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11535 Set the comment column based on point.
11536 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11537 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11538 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11539 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11541 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11542 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11543 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11545 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11546 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11547 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11548 comment markers." t nil)
11550 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11551 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11552 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11553 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11554 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11555 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11556 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11557 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11559 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11560 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11562 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11563 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11564 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11565 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11566 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11567 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11568 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11569 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11571 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11572 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11573 This indents the body of the continued comment
11574 under the previous comment line.
11576 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11577 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11578 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11580 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11581 or comment indentation.
11583 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11584 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11586 ;;;***
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11589 ;;;;;; 32485))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11592 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11593 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11594 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11595 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11596 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11597 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11599 ;;;***
11601 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11602 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11605 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11606 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11607 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11609 ;;;***
11611 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11612 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11613 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11615 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11616 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11617 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11619 ;;;***
11621 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11622 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11625 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11626 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11628 ;;;***
11630 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11631 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11634 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11635 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11637 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11638 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11640 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11641 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11643 ;;;***
11645 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11646 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11647 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11649 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11650 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11651 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11653 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11655 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11656 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11657 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11658 to future sessions." t nil)
11660 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11661 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11662 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11663 to future sessions." t nil)
11665 ;;;***
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11668 ;;;;;; (14974 43714))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11671 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11672 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11673 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11674 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11675 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11676 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11678 ;;;***
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11681 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11684 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11685 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11686 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11687 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11688 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11690 ;;;***
11692 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11693 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11696 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11697 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11698 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11700 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11702 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11703 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11705 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11706 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11707 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11709 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11711 ;;;***
11713 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11714 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11717 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11718 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11720 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11721 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11722 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11723 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11725 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11726 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11727 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11728 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11729 is why you need this mode!).
11731 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11732 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11733 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11735 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11737 Keybindings
11738 ===========
11740 \\{octave-mode-map}
11742 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11743 ==============================================
11745 octave-auto-indent
11746 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11747 Default is nil.
11749 octave-auto-newline
11750 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11751 Default is nil.
11753 octave-blink-matching-block
11754 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11755 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11757 octave-block-offset
11758 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11759 Default is 2.
11761 octave-continuation-offset
11762 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11763 Default is 4.
11765 octave-continuation-string
11766 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11767 Default is a backslash.
11769 octave-mode-startup-message
11770 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11771 Default is t.
11773 octave-send-echo-input
11774 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11775 command to the inferior Octave process.
11777 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11778 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11779 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11781 octave-send-echo-input
11782 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11784 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11786 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11787 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11789 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11790 (setq auto-mode-alist
11791 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11793 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11794 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11796 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11797 (lambda ()
11798 (abbrev-mode 1)
11799 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11800 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11801 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11803 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11804 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11805 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11806 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11811 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11814 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11815 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11816 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11818 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11819 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11820 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11821 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11822 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11824 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11826 ;;;***
11828 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11829 ;;;;;; (14958 40595))
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11832 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11833 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11834 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11835 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11837 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11838 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11839 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11840 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11842 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11843 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11844 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11845 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11846 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11847 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11849 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11850 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11852 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11853 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11854 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11855 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11856 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11857 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11858 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11859 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11860 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11861 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11862 The subheadings remain visible.
11863 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11865 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11866 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11867 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11869 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11870 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11872 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11873 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11874 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11875 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11877 ;;;***
11879 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11882 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11883 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11884 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11886 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11888 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11890 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11892 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11893 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11894 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11895 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11897 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11898 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11900 ;;;***
11902 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
11903 ;;;;;; 14481))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11906 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11907 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11908 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11910 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11911 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11913 Other useful functions are:
11915 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11916 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11917 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11918 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11919 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11920 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11921 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11922 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11923 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11925 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11927 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11928 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11929 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11930 Indentation for case statements.
11931 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11932 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11933 mark after an end.
11934 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11935 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11936 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11937 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11938 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11939 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11940 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11941 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11942 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11943 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11945 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11946 pascal-separator-keywords.
11948 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11949 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11951 ;;;***
11953 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11954 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11957 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11958 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11959 The keys affected are:
11960 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11961 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11962 M-Backspace does undo.
11963 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11964 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11965 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11967 ;;;***
11969 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11970 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15051 12565))
11971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11973 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11974 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11976 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11978 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11979 which modify the status of the mark.
11981 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11982 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11984 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11985 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11987 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11988 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11989 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11990 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11991 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11993 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11994 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11996 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11997 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11998 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12000 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12001 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12002 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12004 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12005 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12007 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12008 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12009 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12011 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12012 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12013 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12015 F6 other-window
12016 DELETE delete-char
12017 C-DELETE kill-line
12018 M-DELETE kill-word
12019 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12020 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12021 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12023 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12024 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12025 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12026 and cursor movement commands.
12027 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12028 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12030 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12032 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12034 ;;;***
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
12037 ;;;;;; 33021))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12040 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12041 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12043 ;;;***
12045 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12046 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12049 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12050 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12053 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12055 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12056 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12058 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12059 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12061 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12063 ;;;***
12065 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12066 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14911 29452))
12067 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12069 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12070 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12072 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12073 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12075 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12076 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12078 ;;;***
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
12081 ;;;;;; 33025))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12084 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12085 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12086 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12087 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12088 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12089 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12091 ;;;***
12093 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12094 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12095 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12098 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12099 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12101 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12103 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12104 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12106 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12107 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12109 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12110 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12112 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12114 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12115 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12117 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12118 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12120 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12121 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12123 ;;;***
12125 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12126 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12127 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14961
12128 ;;;;;; 12689))
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12131 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12132 Support extensible programmable completion.
12133 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12134 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12136 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12137 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12139 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12140 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12141 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12143 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12144 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12146 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12147 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12148 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12150 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12151 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12153 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12154 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12156 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12157 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12158 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12159 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12160 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12162 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12163 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12165 ;;;***
12167 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12168 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12169 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15015 22173))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12172 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12173 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12174 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12175 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12177 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12179 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12180 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12181 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12182 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12183 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12184 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12185 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12187 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12188 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12189 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12190 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12191 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12192 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12193 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12194 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12196 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12197 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12198 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12199 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12200 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12201 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12203 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12204 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12205 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12206 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12207 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12208 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12209 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12211 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12213 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12214 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12215 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12217 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12218 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12219 NIL means never do it.
12220 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12221 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12222 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12224 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12225 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12226 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12228 ;;;***
12230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15013 64496))
12231 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12233 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12235 ;;;***
12237 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12238 ;;;;;; (14804 20134))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12241 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12242 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12243 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12244 Tab indents for Perl code.
12245 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12246 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12247 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12248 \\{perl-mode-map}
12249 Variables controlling indentation style:
12250 perl-tab-always-indent
12251 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12252 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12253 perl-tab-to-comment
12254 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12255 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12256 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12257 perl-nochange
12258 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12259 perl-indent-level
12260 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12261 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12262 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12263 perl-continued-statement-offset
12264 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12265 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12266 perl-continued-brace-offset
12267 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12268 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12269 perl-brace-offset
12270 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12271 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12272 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12273 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12274 perl-label-offset
12275 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12277 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12278 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12279 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12280 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12281 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12282 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12283 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12285 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12287 ;;;***
12289 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12290 ;;;;;; (14883 29490))
12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12293 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12294 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12295 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12296 afterwards settable by these commands:
12297 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12298 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12299 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12300 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12301 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12302 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12303 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12304 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12305 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12306 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12307 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12308 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12309 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12310 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12311 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12312 with these commands:
12313 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12314 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12315 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12316 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12317 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12318 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12319 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12320 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12321 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12322 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12323 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12324 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12325 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12326 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12327 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12328 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12329 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12330 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12331 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12332 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12333 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12334 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12335 text is saved in the kill ring.
12336 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12337 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12338 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12339 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12340 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12341 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12342 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12343 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12344 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12345 commands if invoked soon enough.
12346 You can return to the previous mode with:
12347 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12348 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12350 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12352 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12353 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12355 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12357 ;;;***
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14977 58043))
12360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12362 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12363 Play pong and waste time.
12364 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12365 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12367 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12369 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12371 ;;;***
12373 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12374 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12377 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12378 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12379 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12380 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12381 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12383 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12384 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12385 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12386 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12387 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12389 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12390 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12391 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12392 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12394 ;;;***
12396 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12397 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12400 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12401 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12402 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12403 Commands:
12404 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12405 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12406 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12408 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12409 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12411 ;;;***
12413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15048 21431))
12414 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12416 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12417 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12418 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12420 ;;;***
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884
12423 ;;;;;; 1390))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12426 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12427 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12429 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12431 The following variables hold user options, and can
12432 be set through the `customize' command:
12434 ps-mode-auto-indent
12435 ps-mode-tab
12436 ps-mode-paper-size
12437 ps-mode-print-function
12438 ps-run-prompt
12439 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12440 ps-run-x
12441 ps-run-dumb
12442 ps-run-init
12443 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12444 ps-run-tmp-dir
12446 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12449 \\{ps-mode-map}
12452 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12453 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12454 The keymap for this second window is:
12456 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12459 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12460 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12461 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12462 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12463 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12464 " t nil)
12466 ;;;***
12468 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12469 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12470 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12471 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15052 16036))
12472 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12474 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12475 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12477 Valid values are:
12479 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12480 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12481 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12482 changed by setting the variable
12483 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12484 The initial value of this variable is
12485 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12486 documentation).
12488 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12489 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12490 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12491 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12492 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12493 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12494 test it.
12496 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12497 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12498 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12499 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12500 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12501 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12502 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12503 use this value, be sure to have installed
12504 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12505 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12506 documentation of this variable).
12508 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12509 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12510 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12511 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12512 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12513 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12515 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12517 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12518 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12519 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12521 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12523 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12524 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12526 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12528 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12530 Returns the value:
12532 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12534 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12535 the sequence." nil nil)
12537 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12538 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12540 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12541 composition.
12543 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12545 Returns the value:
12547 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12549 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12550 the sequence." nil nil)
12552 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12553 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12555 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12556 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12557 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12559 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12560 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12562 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12563 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12564 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12566 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12568 ;;;***
12570 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12571 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12572 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12573 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12574 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12575 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15048 21275))
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12578 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12579 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12580 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12581 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12583 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12584 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12586 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12587 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12589 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12590 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12591 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12593 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12594 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12595 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12597 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12598 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12599 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12600 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12601 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12603 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12604 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12605 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12607 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12608 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12609 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12610 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12611 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12613 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12614 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12615 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12616 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12618 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12620 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12621 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12622 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12623 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12624 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12626 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12628 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12629 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12630 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12632 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12634 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12635 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12636 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12637 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12638 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12640 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12642 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12643 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12645 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12646 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12647 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12649 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12650 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12651 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12653 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12654 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12655 using the current ps-print setup.
12656 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12657 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12659 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12660 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12661 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12663 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12664 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12665 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12667 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12668 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12670 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12671 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12673 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12674 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12676 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12678 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12680 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12681 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12683 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12684 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12686 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12688 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12690 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12692 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12693 foreground and background colors respectively.
12695 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12696 bold - use bold font.
12697 italic - use italic font.
12698 underline - put a line under text.
12699 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12700 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12701 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12702 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12703 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12705 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12707 ;;;***
12709 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12710 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12711 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12712 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
12713 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15020 34856))
12714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12716 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
12717 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
12719 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12720 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12721 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12723 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12724 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12725 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12726 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12727 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12728 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12729 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12731 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12732 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12733 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12734 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12735 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12736 shown.
12737 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12739 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12740 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12741 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12742 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12743 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12744 list of candidates.
12746 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12747 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12748 command to be called.
12750 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12751 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12752 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12753 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12755 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12756 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12757 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12758 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12759 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12760 to t.
12762 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12763 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12764 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12765 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12767 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12768 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12769 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12770 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12772 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12773 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12774 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12775 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12776 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12777 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12779 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12780 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12781 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12782 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12783 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12784 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12786 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12787 covers Quail translation region.
12789 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12790 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12791 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12792 for it) is inserted.
12794 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12795 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12796 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12798 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12799 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12800 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12802 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12803 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12805 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12806 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12807 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12808 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12809 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12811 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12812 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12814 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12815 keyboard type." t nil)
12817 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12818 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12819 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12820 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12821 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12822 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12823 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12824 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12825 for the translation.
12826 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12828 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12829 it is used to handle KEY.
12831 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12832 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12833 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12834 the following annotation types are supported.
12836 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12837 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12839 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12840 candidate list.
12842 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12843 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12844 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12845 inserted.
12847 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12848 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12850 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12851 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12853 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12854 which to install MAP.
12856 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12858 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12859 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12861 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12862 which to install MAP.
12864 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12866 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12867 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12868 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12869 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12870 a function, or a cons.
12871 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12872 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12873 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12874 for the translation.
12875 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12876 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12877 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12878 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12879 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12881 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12882 it is used to handle KEY.
12884 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12885 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12886 current Quail package.
12888 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12889 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12891 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12892 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12894 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12895 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12897 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12899 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12900 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12902 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12903 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12904 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12905 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12906 of the Emacs source tree.
12908 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12909 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12911 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12912 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12913 of each directory." t nil)
12915 ;;;***
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12918 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12919 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14914
12920 ;;;;;; 30127))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12923 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12924 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12925 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12926 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12928 To make use of this do something like:
12930 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12932 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12934 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12935 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12937 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12938 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12939 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12941 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12942 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12944 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12945 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12947 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12948 is decided." t nil)
12950 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12951 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12953 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12954 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12955 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12957 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12958 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12960 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12961 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12963 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12964 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12966 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12968 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12970 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12971 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12973 ;;;***
12975 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
12976 ;;;;;; 7848))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12979 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12980 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12981 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12983 ;;;***
12985 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12986 ;;;;;; (14980 3782))
12987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12989 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12990 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12992 ;;;***
12994 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12995 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12996 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14977 57209))
12997 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12999 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13000 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13002 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13003 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13005 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13006 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13008 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13009 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13010 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13011 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13012 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13014 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13015 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13017 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13018 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13019 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13021 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13023 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13025 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13027 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13028 Toggle recentf mode.
13029 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13030 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13032 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13033 were operated on recently." t nil)
13035 ;;;***
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
13038 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13039 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13040 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14877
13041 ;;;;;; 36786))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13044 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13045 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13046 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13047 spaces and tab.
13049 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13050 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13052 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13053 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13054 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13055 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13056 ends.
13058 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13059 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13060 to be deleted." t nil)
13062 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13063 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13064 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13066 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13067 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13068 deleted." nil nil)
13070 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13071 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13072 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13074 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13075 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13077 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13078 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13080 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13081 deleted." t nil)
13083 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13084 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13086 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13087 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13088 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13089 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13090 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13091 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13092 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13094 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13095 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13097 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13098 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13100 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13101 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13102 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13103 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13105 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13106 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13107 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13108 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13109 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13111 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13112 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13114 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13115 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13117 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13118 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13119 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13121 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13122 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
13124 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13125 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13126 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13128 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13129 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13130 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13132 ;;;***
13134 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875
13135 ;;;;;; 62936))
13136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13138 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13139 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13140 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13142 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13143 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13144 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13146 ;;;***
13148 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13149 ;;;;;; (15007 28338))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13152 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13153 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13155 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13156 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13158 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13159 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13161 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13162 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13163 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13164 \\ref macro.
13166 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13167 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13168 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13170 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13171 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13172 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13174 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13175 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13177 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13178 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13180 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13181 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13182 on the menu bar.
13184 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13186 ;;;***
13188 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13189 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
13190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13192 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13193 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13194 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13195 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13196 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13197 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13199 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13201 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13203 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13204 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13205 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
13206 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13208 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13209 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13210 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13211 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13213 ;;;***
13215 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13216 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13219 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13220 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13221 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13223 To insert new phrases, use
13224 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13225 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13227 To index phrases use one of:
13229 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13230 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13231 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13232 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13233 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13235 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13236 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13238 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13240 Here are all local bindings.
13242 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13244 ;;;***
13246 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13247 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13250 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13251 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13252 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13253 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13254 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13255 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13257 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13258 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13260 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13261 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13263 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13264 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13265 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13266 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13268 ;;;***
13270 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14981 28008))
13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13273 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13274 Repeat most recently executed command.
13275 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13276 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13277 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13279 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13280 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13281 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13283 ;;;***
13285 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13286 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13289 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13290 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13292 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13293 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13294 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13295 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13296 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13297 and point is left after the salutation.
13299 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13300 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13301 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13302 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13303 left after that text.
13305 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13306 is non-nil.
13308 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13309 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13310 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13311 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13313 ;;;***
13315 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13316 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13317 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13319 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13320 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13321 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13322 visibility of comments that precede it.
13323 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13324 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13325 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13326 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13327 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13328 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13329 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13330 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13331 the comment lines.
13332 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13333 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13334 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13335 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13336 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13337 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13339 ;;;***
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13342 ;;;;;; 50658))
13343 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13345 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13346 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13348 ;;;***
13350 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13351 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13354 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13355 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13357 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13358 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13360 ;;;***
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13364 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13366 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13367 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13368 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13369 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13371 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13373 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13374 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13375 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13376 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13378 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13379 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13381 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13382 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13384 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13385 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13386 INPUT-ARGS.
13388 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13389 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13390 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13391 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13392 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13394 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13395 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13396 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13397 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13399 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13400 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13401 variable." t nil)
13403 ;;;***
13405 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13406 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13407 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13408 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13409 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13410 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13411 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15025 50064))
13412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13414 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13415 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13416 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13417 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13419 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13420 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13421 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13422 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13423 value is the user's name.)
13424 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13426 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13427 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13428 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13429 which normally happens once for each message,
13430 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13431 To make a change in this variable take effect
13432 for a message that you have already viewed,
13433 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13435 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13436 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13437 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13438 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13440 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13441 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13443 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13444 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13445 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13446 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13448 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13449 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13451 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13452 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13454 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13455 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13456 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13457 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13458 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13460 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13461 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13463 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13464 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13466 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13467 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13469 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13470 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13472 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13473 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13475 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13476 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13478 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13479 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13481 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13482 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13484 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13485 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13486 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13487 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13489 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13490 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13492 This is set to nil by default.")
13494 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13495 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13496 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13497 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13498 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13500 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13501 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13503 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13504 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13505 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13506 this feature is required with `require'.")
13508 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13509 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13510 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13511 the message is decoded as normal way.
13513 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13514 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13515 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13517 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13518 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13519 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13521 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13522 Read and edit incoming mail.
13523 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13524 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13525 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13527 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13528 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13529 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13530 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13532 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13534 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13535 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13536 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13537 Instead, these commands are available:
13539 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13540 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13541 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13542 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13543 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13544 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13545 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13546 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13547 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13548 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13549 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13550 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13551 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13552 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13553 till a deleted message is found.
13554 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13555 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13556 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13557 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13558 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13559 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13560 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13561 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13562 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13563 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13564 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13565 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13566 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13567 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13568 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13569 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13570 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13571 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13572 (label defaults to last one specified).
13573 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13574 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13575 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13576 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13577 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13578 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13579 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13580 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13581 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13583 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13584 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13586 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13587 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13589 ;;;***
13591 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13592 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
13593 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13595 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13596 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13598 ;;;***
13600 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13601 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13602 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13605 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13606 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13607 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13609 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13610 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13611 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13613 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13615 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13616 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13617 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13618 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13619 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13621 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13622 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13623 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13624 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13625 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13627 ;;;***
13629 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13630 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13633 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13634 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13635 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13636 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13638 ;;;***
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13641 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13642 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15020 34856))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13645 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13646 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13647 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13648 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13649 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13650 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13651 a file name as a string.")
13653 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13654 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13655 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13656 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13657 buffer visiting that file.
13658 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13659 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13661 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13662 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13664 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13665 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13667 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13668 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13670 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13671 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13673 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13674 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13675 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13676 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13677 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13679 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13680 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13681 will be appended with their original headers.
13683 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13684 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13686 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13687 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13689 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13691 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13692 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13693 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13695 ;;;***
13697 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13698 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13699 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13700 ;;;;;; 26387))
13701 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13703 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13704 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13705 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13707 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13708 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13709 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13711 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13712 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13713 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13715 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13716 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13717 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13719 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13720 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13721 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13723 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13724 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13725 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13727 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13728 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13729 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13730 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13732 ;;;***
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13735 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13736 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13737 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13738 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15020 61766))
13739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13741 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13742 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13744 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13745 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13747 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13748 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13750 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13751 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13752 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13754 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13755 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13756 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13757 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13758 only look in the To and From fields.
13759 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13761 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13762 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13763 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13764 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13765 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13767 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13768 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13769 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13770 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13771 look in the whole message.
13772 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13774 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13775 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13776 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13778 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13779 *Function to decode summary-line.
13781 By default, `identity' is set.")
13783 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13784 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13785 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13786 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13787 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13788 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13789 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13791 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13792 sent by you under different user names.
13793 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13795 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13797 ;;;***
13799 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13800 ;;;;;; (14932 52544))
13801 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13803 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13804 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13805 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13806 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13808 ;;;***
13810 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13811 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13812 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13814 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13815 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13816 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13818 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13819 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13821 ;;;***
13823 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13824 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13825 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13826 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14895 24173))
13827 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13829 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13830 *This variable is obsolete.")
13832 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13834 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13836 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13837 *This variable is obsolete.")
13839 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13840 *This variable is obsolete.")
13842 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13843 *This variable is obsolete.")
13845 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13846 *This variable is obsolete.")
13848 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13849 *This variable is obsolete.")
13851 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13852 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13854 ;;;***
13856 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13857 ;;;;;; (14947 16781))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13860 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13861 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13862 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13864 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13865 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13866 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13867 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13868 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13869 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13870 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13871 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13873 Commands:
13874 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13875 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13876 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13877 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13878 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13880 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13881 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13882 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13884 Commands:
13885 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13886 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13887 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13888 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13889 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13890 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13892 ;;;***
13894 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13895 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
13896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13898 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13899 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13900 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13902 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13904 ;;;***
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13907 ;;;;;; 56615))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13910 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13911 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13912 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13913 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13915 Interesting variables:
13917 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13918 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13920 scribe-electric-quote
13921 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13923 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13924 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13925 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13927 ;;;***
13929 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
13930 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
13933 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
13934 Control/track scroll locking.
13936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13937 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
13939 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13941 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
13943 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
13944 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
13946 ;;;***
13948 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13949 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13950 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
13951 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
13952 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
13953 ;;;;;; (15032 33030))
13954 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13956 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13957 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13959 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13960 king@grassland.com
13961 If `parens', they look like:
13962 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13963 If `angles', they look like:
13964 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13965 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13966 derived from the envelope-from address.
13968 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13969 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13970 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13971 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13973 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13974 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13975 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13977 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13978 is a privileged operation.")
13980 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13981 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13982 This is done when the message is initialized,
13983 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13985 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13986 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13987 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13989 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13990 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13992 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13993 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13994 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13995 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.
13996 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
13997 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
13999 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14000 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14002 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14003 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14004 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14006 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14007 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14008 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14009 when you first send mail.")
14011 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14012 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14013 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14014 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14015 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14017 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14018 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14019 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14020 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14021 This file need not actually exist.")
14023 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14024 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14025 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14026 If a string, that string is inserted.
14027 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14028 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14029 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14030 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14032 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14033 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14034 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14035 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14036 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14037 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14038 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14039 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
14040 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14041 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14042 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14043 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14044 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14045 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14046 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14048 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14049 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14050 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14051 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14052 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14053 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14055 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14056 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14057 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14059 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14060 User should not set this variable manually,
14061 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14062 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14063 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14064 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14066 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14067 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14068 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14069 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14071 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14072 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14074 \\<mail-mode-map>
14075 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14077 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14078 to move to message header fields:
14079 \\{mail-mode-map}
14081 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14082 when the message is initialized.
14084 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14085 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14087 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14088 is inserted.
14090 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14091 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14093 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14094 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14096 The second through fifth arguments,
14097 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14098 the initial contents of those header fields.
14099 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14100 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14101 original message being replied to, or else an action
14102 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14103 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14104 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14105 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14106 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14107 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14109 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14110 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14112 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14113 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14115 ;;;***
14117 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14998 12438))
14118 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14120 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14121 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14122 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14123 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14124 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14125 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14127 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14129 ;;;***
14131 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14132 ;;;;;; (15013 64508))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14135 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14136 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14137 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14138 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14139 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14141 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14142 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14143 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14145 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14146 your `.emacs' file.
14148 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14150 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14151 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14152 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14154 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14155 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14156 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14157 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14158 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14159 which this is based.
14161 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14163 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14164 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14165 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14166 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14168 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14169 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14170 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14172 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14173 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14174 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14175 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14177 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14178 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14179 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14180 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14182 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14184 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14185 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14186 To work around that, do:
14187 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14189 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14191 ;;;***
14193 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14194 ;;;;;; (15015 19821))
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14197 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14199 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14200 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14201 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14202 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14203 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14204 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14206 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14207 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14208 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14209 shell-specific features.
14211 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14212 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14213 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14215 \\[sh-case] case statement
14216 \\[sh-for] for loop
14217 \\[sh-function] function definition
14218 \\[sh-if] if statement
14219 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14220 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14221 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14222 \\[sh-select] select loop
14223 \\[sh-until] until loop
14224 \\[sh-while] while loop
14226 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14227 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14228 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14229 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14230 would indent to the way it currently is.
14231 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14232 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14235 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14236 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14237 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14238 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14239 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14240 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14242 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14243 {, (, [, ', \", `
14244 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14246 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14247 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14248 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14250 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14251 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14253 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14255 ;;;***
14257 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14258 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
14259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14261 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14262 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14264 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14265 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14266 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14267 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14268 the earlier.
14270 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14272 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14274 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14275 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14276 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14278 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14279 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14281 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14282 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14283 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14284 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14285 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14286 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14287 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14288 emacs version).
14290 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14291 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14292 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14293 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14294 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14296 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14297 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14298 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14300 ;;;***
14302 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
14303 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (14983
14304 ;;;;;; 1207))
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
14307 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
14308 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
14309 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
14310 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
14311 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
14312 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
14313 in the cluster." t nil)
14315 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
14316 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
14317 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
14318 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
14319 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14321 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
14322 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
14323 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
14324 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
14325 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
14326 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
14327 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14329 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
14330 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
14332 ;;;***
14334 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14335 ;;;;;; (14964 4164))
14336 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14338 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14339 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14340 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14341 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14342 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14343 arguments.")
14345 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14346 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14347 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14348 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14349 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14350 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14351 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14352 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14353 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14354 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14355 discards input when it starts up.)
14356 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14357 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14358 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14360 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14361 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14362 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14363 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14364 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14365 `default-process-coding-system'.
14367 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14368 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14369 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14370 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14372 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14373 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14375 ;;;***
14377 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
14378 ;;;;;; 23740))
14379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14381 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14382 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14383 \\{simula-mode-map}
14384 Variables controlling indentation style:
14385 simula-tab-always-indent
14386 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14387 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14388 simula-indent-level
14389 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14390 simula-substatement-offset
14391 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14392 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14393 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14394 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14395 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14396 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14397 simula-label-offset -4711
14398 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14399 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14400 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14401 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14402 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14403 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14404 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14405 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14406 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14407 simula-electric-indent nil
14408 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14409 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14410 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14411 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14412 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14413 or nil if they should not be changed.
14414 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14415 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14416 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14417 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14419 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14420 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14422 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14423 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14424 at all." t nil)
14426 ;;;***
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14429 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14430 ;;;;;; (15037 47090))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14433 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14434 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14436 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14437 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14438 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14439 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14440 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14442 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14443 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14444 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14445 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14446 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14447 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14448 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14450 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14451 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14452 ignored." t nil)
14454 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14455 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14456 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14457 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14458 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14459 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14460 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14462 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14463 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14464 ignored." t nil)
14466 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14467 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14469 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14470 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14471 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14472 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14474 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14475 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14476 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14477 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14479 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14480 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14481 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14483 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14484 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14486 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14487 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14489 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14490 _ interesting point, interregion here
14491 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14492 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14493 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
14494 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
14495 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14496 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14497 nil skipped
14499 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
14500 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
14502 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14503 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14504 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14505 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14506 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14507 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14508 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14509 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14511 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14512 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14513 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14514 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14515 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14516 available:
14518 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14519 then: insert previously read string once more
14520 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14521 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14522 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14524 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14525 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14527 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14528 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14530 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14531 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14532 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14533 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14534 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
14535 such as backslash.
14537 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14538 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14539 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14541 ;;;***
14543 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15013
14544 ;;;;;; 64498))
14545 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14547 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14548 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14549 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14551 ;;;***
14553 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14554 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14557 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14558 Display textual smileys as images.
14559 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
14560 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
14561 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
14563 ;;;***
14565 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14566 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
14567 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14569 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14571 ;;;***
14573 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14576 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14577 Play the Snake game.
14578 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14580 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14582 snake-mode keybindings:
14583 \\<snake-mode-map>
14584 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14585 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14586 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14587 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14588 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14589 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14590 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14592 " t nil)
14594 ;;;***
14596 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14597 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14598 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14600 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14601 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14602 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14603 Tab indents for C code.
14604 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14605 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14606 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14607 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14608 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14610 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14611 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14612 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14613 Tab indents for C code.
14614 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14615 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14616 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14617 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14618 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14620 ;;;***
14622 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14623 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14624 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14625 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14627 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14628 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14630 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14631 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14632 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14634 For example, the form
14636 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14637 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14639 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14641 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14642 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14644 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14645 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14646 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14647 York City.
14649 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14651 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14652 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14654 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14655 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14656 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14657 York City.
14659 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14661 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14662 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14663 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14664 pair.
14666 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14668 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14669 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14670 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14672 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14673 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14675 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14677 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14678 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14679 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14681 ;;;***
14683 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14684 ;;;;;; 20348))
14685 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14687 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14688 Play Solitaire.
14690 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14691 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14692 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14693 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14694 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14695 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14696 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14697 check after each move or undo)
14699 What is Solitaire?
14701 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14702 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14703 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14705 Le Solitaire
14706 ============
14708 o o o
14710 o o o
14712 o o o o o o o
14714 o o o . o o o
14716 o o o o o o o
14718 o o o
14720 o o o
14722 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14723 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14724 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14725 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14727 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14728 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14729 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14730 this: o o .
14732 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14733 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14735 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14737 o o o
14739 . o o
14741 o o . o o o o
14743 o . o o o o o
14745 o o o o o o o
14747 o o o
14749 o o o
14751 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14753 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14755 ;;;***
14757 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14758 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14759 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14906 5643))
14760 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14762 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14763 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14764 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14766 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14767 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14768 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14769 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14770 contiguous.
14772 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14773 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14774 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14775 the sort order.
14777 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14778 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14780 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14781 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14782 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14783 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14784 is called.
14786 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14787 It should move point to the end of the record.
14789 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14790 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14791 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14792 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14793 starts at the beginning of the record.
14795 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14796 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14797 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14799 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14800 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14801 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14802 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14803 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14804 the sort order." t nil)
14806 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14807 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14808 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14809 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14810 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14811 the sort order." t nil)
14813 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14814 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14815 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14816 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14817 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14818 the sort order." t nil)
14820 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14821 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14822 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14823 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14824 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14825 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14826 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14827 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14828 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14830 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14831 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14832 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14833 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14834 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14835 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14836 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14837 the sort order." t nil)
14839 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14840 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14841 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14842 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14843 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14844 is to be used for sorting.
14845 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14846 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14847 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14848 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14849 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14851 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14853 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14854 the sort order.
14856 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14857 starting with the letter \"f\",
14858 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14860 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14861 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14862 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
14863 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14864 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14865 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
14866 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14867 the sort order.
14869 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14870 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14871 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14872 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14873 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14875 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14876 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14877 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14879 ;;;***
14881 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14882 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15050 55877))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14885 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14887 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14888 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14889 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14890 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14891 supported at a time.
14892 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14893 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14895 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14896 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14897 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14898 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14900 ;;;***
14902 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14903 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (14977 56205))
14904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14906 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14908 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14909 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14910 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14911 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14912 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14913 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14915 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14916 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14917 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14918 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14920 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14921 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14922 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14923 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14924 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14926 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14927 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14929 ;;;***
14931 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
14932 ;;;;;; 31351))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14935 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14936 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14938 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14939 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14941 ;;;***
14943 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid
14944 ;;;;;; sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help)
14945 ;;;;;; "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15012 54865))
14946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14948 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14949 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14951 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14952 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14954 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14956 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14958 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14960 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14961 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14962 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14963 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14964 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14965 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14966 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14968 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14970 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14971 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14972 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14973 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14975 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14976 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14977 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14978 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14980 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14981 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14982 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14984 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14985 Major mode to edit SQL.
14987 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14988 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14989 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14991 \\{sql-mode-map}
14992 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14994 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14995 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14996 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14997 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14998 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14999 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15001 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15002 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15004 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15005 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15007 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15008 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15009 `*SQL*'.
15011 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15012 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15013 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15014 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15016 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15017 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15019 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15020 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15021 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15022 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15023 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15024 `default-process-coding-system'.
15026 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15028 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15029 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15033 `*SQL*'.
15035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15036 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15037 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15038 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15040 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15041 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15043 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15044 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15045 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15046 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15047 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15048 `default-process-coding-system'.
15050 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15052 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15053 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15055 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15056 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15057 `*SQL*'.
15059 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15060 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15062 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15063 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15065 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15066 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15067 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15068 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15069 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15070 `default-process-coding-system'.
15072 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15074 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15075 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15077 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15078 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15080 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15081 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15082 `*SQL*'.
15084 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15085 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15086 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15087 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15089 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15090 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15092 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15093 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15094 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15095 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15096 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15097 `default-process-coding-system'.
15099 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15101 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15102 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15104 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15105 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15106 `*SQL*'.
15108 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15109 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15110 defaults, if set.
15112 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15113 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15115 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15116 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15117 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15118 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15119 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15120 `default-process-coding-system'.
15122 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15124 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15125 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15127 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15128 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15129 `*SQL*'.
15131 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15132 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15134 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15135 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15137 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15138 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15139 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15140 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15141 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15142 `default-process-coding-system'.
15144 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15146 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15147 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15149 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15150 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15151 `*SQL*'.
15153 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15154 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15155 as defaults, if set.
15157 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15158 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15160 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15161 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15162 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15163 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15164 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15165 `default-process-coding-system'.
15167 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15169 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15170 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15172 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15173 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15174 `*SQL*'.
15176 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15177 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15178 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15179 `sql-postgres-options'.
15181 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15182 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15184 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15185 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15186 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15187 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15188 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15189 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15190 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15191 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15193 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15194 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15196 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15198 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15199 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15201 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15202 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15203 `*SQL*'.
15205 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15206 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15207 defaults, if set.
15209 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15210 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15212 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15213 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15214 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15215 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15216 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15217 `default-process-coding-system'.
15219 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15221 ;;;***
15223 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15224 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15225 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15226 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15227 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15228 ;;;;;; (14787 15136))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15231 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15232 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15233 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15234 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15236 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15238 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15240 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15241 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15242 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15243 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15244 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15245 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15247 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15249 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15250 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15251 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15252 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15253 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15254 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15255 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15257 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15258 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15259 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15260 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15261 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15262 then complete the stroke with button3.
15263 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15265 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15266 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15267 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15269 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15270 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15271 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15273 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15274 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15276 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15278 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15279 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15281 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15282 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15284 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15286 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15287 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15288 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15289 chronologically by command name.
15290 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15292 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15293 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15294 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15295 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15296 mode in all buffers when activated.
15297 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15298 new strokes with
15300 > M-x global-set-stroke
15302 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15303 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15304 strokes with
15306 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15307 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15309 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15310 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15311 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15312 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15314 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15315 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15317 ;;;***
15319 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15320 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
15321 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15323 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15324 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15326 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15327 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15329 ;;;***
15331 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15332 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
15333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15335 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15336 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15337 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15338 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15339 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15340 original message but it does require a few things:
15342 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15344 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15345 reply buffer.
15347 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15348 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15349 original message.
15351 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15353 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15355 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15356 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15357 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15359 ;;;***
15361 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15362 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15364 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15365 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15366 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15367 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15368 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15370 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15371 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15372 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15373 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15374 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15375 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15376 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15378 ;;;***
15380 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
15381 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15383 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15384 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15386 ;;;***
15388 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14903 16513))
15389 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15391 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15392 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15393 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15394 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15395 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15396 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15397 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15399 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15400 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15401 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15402 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15404 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15405 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15407 ;;;***
15409 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15410 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14965 55646))
15411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15413 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15414 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15415 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15416 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15417 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15418 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15420 Variables controlling indentation style:
15421 tcl-indent-level
15422 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15423 tcl-continued-indent-level
15424 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15426 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15427 documentation for details):
15428 tcl-tab-always-indent
15429 Controls action of TAB key.
15430 tcl-auto-newline
15431 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15432 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15433 tcl-electric-hash-style
15434 Controls action of `#' key.
15435 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15436 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15437 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15438 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15439 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15440 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15442 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15443 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15444 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15445 already exist.
15447 Commands:
15448 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15450 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15451 Run inferior Tcl process.
15452 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15453 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15455 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15456 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15457 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15459 ;;;***
15461 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14550 7962))
15462 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15463 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15465 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15466 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15467 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15468 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15469 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15470 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15471 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15472 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15474 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15475 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15476 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15477 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15479 ;;;***
15481 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15023
15482 ;;;;;; 15068))
15483 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15485 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15486 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15487 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15488 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15489 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15490 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15492 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15493 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15495 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15496 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15498 ;;;***
15500 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15501 ;;;;;; 10468))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15504 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15505 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15506 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15507 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15508 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15509 program as keyboard input.
15511 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15512 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15513 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15514 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15516 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15517 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15518 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15519 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15520 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15522 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15524 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15525 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15526 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15527 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15529 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15530 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15531 subprocess started." t nil)
15533 ;;;***
15535 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15536 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15538 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15539 Play the Tetris game.
15540 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15541 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15542 as to form complete rows.
15544 tetris-mode keybindings:
15545 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15546 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15547 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15548 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15549 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15550 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15551 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15552 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15553 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15555 " t nil)
15557 ;;;***
15559 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15560 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15561 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15562 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15563 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15564 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15565 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15566 ;;;;;; (14988 59070))
15567 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15569 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15570 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15572 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15573 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15574 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15575 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15576 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15578 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15579 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15580 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15581 if it matches the first line of the file,
15582 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15584 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15585 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15586 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15587 if the variable is non-nil.")
15589 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15590 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15592 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15593 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15594 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15595 See the documentation of that variable.")
15597 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15598 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15599 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15600 See the documentation of that variable.")
15602 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15603 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15604 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15605 See the documentation of that variable.")
15607 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15608 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15609 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15610 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15612 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15613 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15614 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15616 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15617 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15618 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15619 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15621 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15622 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15623 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15624 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15626 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15627 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15628 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15629 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15631 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15632 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15633 for example,
15635 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15636 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15638 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15639 use.")
15641 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15642 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15643 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15644 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15646 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15647 window system being used. For example,
15649 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15650 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15652 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15653 otherwise.")
15655 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15656 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15657 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15659 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15660 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15661 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15662 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15663 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15665 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15666 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15668 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15669 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15671 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15672 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15673 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15674 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15675 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15676 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15677 says which mode to use." t nil)
15679 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15681 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15683 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15685 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15686 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15687 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15688 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15689 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15691 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15692 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15693 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15694 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15695 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15696 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15697 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15699 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15700 mismatched $'s or braces.
15702 Special commands:
15703 \\{tex-mode-map}
15705 Mode variables:
15706 tex-run-command
15707 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15708 tex-directory
15709 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15710 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15711 tex-dvi-print-command
15712 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15713 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15714 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15715 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15716 tex-dvi-view-command
15717 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15718 tex-show-queue-command
15719 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15720 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15722 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15723 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15724 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15726 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15727 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15728 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15729 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15730 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15732 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15733 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15734 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15735 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15736 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15737 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15738 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15740 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15741 mismatched $'s or braces.
15743 Special commands:
15744 \\{tex-mode-map}
15746 Mode variables:
15747 latex-run-command
15748 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15749 tex-directory
15750 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15751 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15752 tex-dvi-print-command
15753 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15754 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15755 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15756 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15757 tex-dvi-view-command
15758 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15759 tex-show-queue-command
15760 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15761 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15763 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15764 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15765 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15767 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15768 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15769 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15770 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15771 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15773 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15774 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15775 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15776 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15777 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15778 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15779 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15781 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15782 mismatched $'s or braces.
15784 Special commands:
15785 \\{tex-mode-map}
15787 Mode variables:
15788 slitex-run-command
15789 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15790 tex-directory
15791 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15792 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15793 tex-dvi-print-command
15794 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15795 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15796 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15797 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15798 tex-dvi-view-command
15799 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15800 tex-show-queue-command
15801 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15802 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15804 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15805 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15806 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15807 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15809 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15811 ;;;***
15813 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15814 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14998 12438))
15815 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15817 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15818 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15819 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15820 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15822 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15823 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15824 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15826 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15827 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15828 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15829 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15830 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15832 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15833 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15834 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15835 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15837 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15838 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15839 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15840 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15842 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15843 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15845 ;;;***
15847 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
15848 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14952 28641))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15851 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
15852 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15854 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
15855 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15857 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15858 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15860 It has these extra commands:
15861 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15863 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15864 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15865 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15866 modified version of TeX input format.
15868 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15869 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15870 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15871 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15873 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15874 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15875 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15876 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15877 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15878 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15879 in the Texinfo file.
15881 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15882 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15883 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15884 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15885 move forward past the closing brace.
15887 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15888 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15890 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15891 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15892 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15894 Here are the functions:
15896 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15897 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15898 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15900 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15901 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15902 texinfo-master-menu
15904 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15906 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15907 which menu descriptions are indented.
15909 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15910 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15911 in the region.
15913 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15914 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15915 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15916 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15918 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15919 be the first node in the file.
15922 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15923 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15925 ;;;***
15927 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15928 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15929 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15016 44843))
15930 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15932 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15933 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15934 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15935 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15937 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15938 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15940 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15941 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15943 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15945 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15946 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15947 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15948 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15949 to compose.
15951 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15953 ;;;***
15955 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15956 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15957 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15960 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15961 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15963 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15964 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15965 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15966 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15967 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15969 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15970 a symbol as a valid THING.
15972 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15973 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15975 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15976 Return the THING at point.
15977 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15978 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15979 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15981 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15982 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15984 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15986 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15988 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15990 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15992 ;;;***
15994 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15995 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15996 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15997 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15998 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15016
15999 ;;;;;; 44843))
16000 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16002 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16003 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16004 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16006 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16007 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16009 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16010 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16011 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16013 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16014 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16016 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16017 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16019 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16020 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16021 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16022 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16024 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16025 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16026 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16027 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16029 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16031 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16032 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16033 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16035 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16036 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16037 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16039 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16041 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16043 ;;;***
16045 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16046 ;;;;;; (14883 35719))
16047 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16049 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16050 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16051 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16052 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16053 parameters.
16054 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16056 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16057 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16058 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16059 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16060 parameters.
16061 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16063 ;;;***
16065 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16066 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222))
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16069 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16070 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16072 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16073 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16074 This display updates automatically every minute.
16075 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16076 are displayed as well.
16077 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16079 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16080 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
16081 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16083 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16085 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16087 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16089 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16090 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16091 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16093 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16094 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16095 are displayed as well.
16096 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16098 ;;;***
16100 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16101 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
16102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16104 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16105 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16107 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16108 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16109 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16111 ;;;***
16113 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16114 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15044 44944))
16115 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16117 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16118 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16119 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16120 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16121 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16122 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16123 look like one of the following:
16124 Time-stamp: <>
16125 Time-stamp: \" \"
16126 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16127 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16128 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16129 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16130 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16131 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16132 template." t nil)
16134 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16135 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16136 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16138 ;;;***
16140 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16141 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16142 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16143 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16144 ;;;;;; (15029 54049))
16145 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16147 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16148 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16149 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16150 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16151 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16152 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16153 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16154 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16156 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16157 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16158 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16159 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16160 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16161 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16162 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16163 this function is called within a day.
16165 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16166 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16167 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16168 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16170 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16171 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16172 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16173 begun during the last time segment.
16175 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16176 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16177 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16178 discover the reason." t nil)
16180 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16181 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16183 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16184 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16185 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16186 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16187 project you were working on." t nil)
16189 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16190 Ask the user before clocking out.
16191 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16193 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16194 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16195 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16197 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16198 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16199 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16200 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16201 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16202 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16204 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16205 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16206 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16207 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16209 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16210 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16211 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16212 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16213 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16214 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16215 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16216 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16217 non-nil." t nil)
16219 ;;;***
16221 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16222 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16223 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16226 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16228 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16229 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16231 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16232 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16234 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16235 Perform an action at time TIME.
16236 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16237 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16238 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16239 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16240 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16241 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16243 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16245 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16246 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16247 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16248 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16249 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16251 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16253 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16254 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16255 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16256 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16258 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16259 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16260 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16261 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16263 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16264 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16266 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16267 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16269 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16270 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16271 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16272 The call should look like:
16273 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16274 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16275 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16276 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16277 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16279 ;;;***
16281 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16282 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15049 36365))
16283 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16285 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16286 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16287 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16288 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16290 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16291 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16292 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16293 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16294 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16295 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16296 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16298 ;;;***
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16301 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14894 24689))
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16303 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16304 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16305 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16307 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16308 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16309 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16310 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16311 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16313 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16314 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16315 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16316 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16317 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16319 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16320 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16321 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16322 in the menu in two ways:
16323 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16324 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16325 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16327 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16328 keymap or an alist of alists.
16329 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16330 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16332 ;;;***
16334 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16335 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16336 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14930 62509))
16337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16339 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16340 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16342 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16343 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16345 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16346 Insert new TODO list entry.
16347 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16348 category." t nil)
16350 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16351 List top priorities for each category.
16353 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16354 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16356 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16357 between each category." t nil)
16359 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16360 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16361 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16362 between each category.
16364 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16366 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16367 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16369 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16371 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16372 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16374 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16375 Show TODO list." t nil)
16377 ;;;***
16379 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16380 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15020 34856))
16381 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16383 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16384 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
16385 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16387 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16389 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16391 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16393 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16394 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16395 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16397 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16398 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16400 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16401 Add an item to the tool bar.
16402 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16403 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16404 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16405 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16407 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
16408 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
16409 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
16411 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16412 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16413 function." nil nil)
16415 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16416 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16417 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16418 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16419 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16420 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16421 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16423 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16424 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16425 function." nil nil)
16427 ;;;***
16429 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16430 ;;;;;; (14950 65525))
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16433 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16434 Mode for tooltip display.
16435 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16437 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16438 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16440 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16442 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16444 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16446 ;;;***
16448 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14892
16449 ;;;;;; 62617))
16450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16452 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16454 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16456 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16457 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16459 ;;;***
16461 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16462 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14892 62636))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16465 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16466 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16468 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16469 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16471 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16472 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16474 ;;;***
16476 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16479 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16480 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16481 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16482 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16483 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16485 ;;;***
16487 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16488 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16491 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16492 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16494 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16495 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16496 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16497 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16498 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16499 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16500 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16501 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16503 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16504 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16505 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16506 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16507 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16508 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16509 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16511 ;;;***
16513 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16514 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
16515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16516 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16517 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16518 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16520 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16521 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16522 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16523 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16524 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16525 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16526 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16528 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16529 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16530 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16531 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16533 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16535 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16536 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16537 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16538 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16539 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16540 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16541 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16543 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16544 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16546 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16547 \\___/\\
16548 / \\
16549 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16551 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16553 ;;;***
16555 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16556 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16557 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16558 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
16559 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16561 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16562 Toggle typing break mode.
16563 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16565 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16567 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16569 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16571 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16572 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16574 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16575 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16577 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16578 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16579 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16581 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16582 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16584 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16585 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16586 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16588 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16589 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16590 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16591 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16592 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16593 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16595 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16596 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16597 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16598 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16600 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16601 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16603 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16604 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16606 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16607 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16608 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16610 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16611 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16612 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16613 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16614 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16615 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16616 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16618 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16619 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16621 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16622 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16623 reset the keystroke counter.
16625 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16626 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16627 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16628 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16630 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16631 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16632 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16633 `type-break-schedule' command.
16635 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16636 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16637 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16638 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16639 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16640 or not to continue.
16642 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16643 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16644 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16645 approximate good values for this.
16647 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16648 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16650 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16651 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16652 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16653 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16654 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16655 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16657 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16658 a typing break occur. They include:
16660 `type-break-query-mode'
16661 `type-break-query-function'
16662 `type-break-query-interval'
16664 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16666 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16667 Take a typing break.
16669 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16670 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16672 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16673 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16675 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16676 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16677 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16678 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16680 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16681 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16683 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16684 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16685 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16686 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16687 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16688 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16689 average typing speed.)
16691 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16692 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16693 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16694 the computed maximum threshold.
16696 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16697 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16698 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16699 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16700 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16702 ;;;***
16704 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16705 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16706 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16708 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16709 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16710 Works by overstriking underscores.
16711 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16712 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16714 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16715 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16716 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16717 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16719 ;;;***
16721 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16722 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16725 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16726 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16727 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16729 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16730 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16731 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16732 following the containing message." t nil)
16734 ;;;***
16736 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16737 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16740 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16741 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16742 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16743 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16744 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16745 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16747 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16748 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16750 ;;;***
16752 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16753 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16756 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16757 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16758 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16759 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16760 to refrain from editing the file
16761 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16762 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16763 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16764 in any way you like." nil nil)
16766 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16767 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16768 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16769 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16770 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16772 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16773 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16775 ;;;***
16777 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16778 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16781 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16782 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16783 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16784 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16786 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16787 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16788 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16790 ;;;***
16792 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16793 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16794 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16795 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16796 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16797 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15020 34856))
16798 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16800 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16801 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16802 See `run-hooks'.")
16804 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16805 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16806 See `run-hooks'.")
16808 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16809 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16810 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16811 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16812 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16813 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16815 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16816 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16817 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16818 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16819 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16821 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16822 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16824 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16825 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16827 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16828 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16829 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16830 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16831 lock steals will raise an error.
16833 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16835 For RCS and SCCS files:
16836 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16837 control.
16838 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16839 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16840 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16841 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16842 it performs a revert.
16843 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16844 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16845 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16846 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16847 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16848 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16849 the option to steal the lock.
16851 For CVS files:
16852 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16853 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16854 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16855 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16856 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16857 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16858 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16859 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16860 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16862 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16863 Register the current file into a version control system.
16864 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16865 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16867 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16868 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16869 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16870 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16871 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16872 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16874 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16875 Display diffs between file versions.
16876 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16877 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16878 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16879 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16881 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16882 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16883 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16884 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16886 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16887 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16888 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16889 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16891 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16892 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16893 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16894 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16895 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16896 from the current branch.
16898 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16900 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16901 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16902 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16904 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16905 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16907 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16909 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16910 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16912 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16913 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16914 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16915 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16916 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16917 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16919 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16920 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16921 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16922 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16923 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16924 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16926 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16927 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16929 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16930 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16931 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16932 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16933 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16935 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16936 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16937 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16939 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16940 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16942 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16943 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16944 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16945 directory.
16947 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16949 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16950 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16951 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16953 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16954 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16956 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16957 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16958 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16959 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
16960 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
16961 scale.
16963 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16964 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16965 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16966 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16968 ;;;***
16970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15020 34856))
16971 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16972 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16973 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16974 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16975 (require 'vc-cvs)
16976 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16978 ;;;***
16980 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16981 ;;;;;; (15020 34856))
16982 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16984 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16985 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16986 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16988 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16990 ;;;***
16992 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16993 ;;;;;; (15044 17427))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16996 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16997 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16998 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17000 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17002 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17003 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17004 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17005 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17007 ;;;***
17009 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17010 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
17011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17013 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17014 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17016 Usage:
17017 ------
17019 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17020 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17021 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17022 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17023 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17024 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17025 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17026 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17027 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17028 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17029 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17030 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17031 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17032 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17033 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17034 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17035 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17036 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17037 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17039 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17040 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17041 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17043 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17044 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17045 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17046 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17047 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17048 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17049 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17050 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17051 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17053 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17054 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17055 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17056 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17057 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17058 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17059 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17060 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17062 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17063 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17064 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17066 - COMMENTS:
17067 `--' puts a single comment.
17068 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17069 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17070 comment in between.
17071 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17072 following lines.
17073 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17074 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17076 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17077 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17078 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17079 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17080 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17081 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17082 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17083 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17084 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17085 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17086 multi-line comments.
17088 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17089 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17090 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17091 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17092 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17093 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17094 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17095 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17096 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17098 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17099 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17100 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17101 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17102 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17103 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17104 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17105 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17106 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17107 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17109 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17110 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17111 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17112 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17113 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17114 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17115 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17116 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17117 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17118 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17119 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17120 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17121 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17123 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17125 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17126 menu).
17128 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17130 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17131 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17132 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17133 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17134 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17136 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17137 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17138 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17139 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17140 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17141 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17142 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17143 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17144 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17146 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17147 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17148 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17149 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17150 specified.
17152 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17153 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17154 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17155 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17156 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17157 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17159 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17160 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17161 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17162 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17163 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17164 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17165 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17166 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17167 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17168 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17169 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17171 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17172 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17173 Math Packages.
17175 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17176 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17177 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17178 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17179 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17180 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17181 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17182 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17184 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17185 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17186 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17187 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17188 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17189 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17191 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17192 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17193 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17194 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17195 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17197 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17198 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17199 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17200 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17201 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17203 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17204 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17205 highlighted if written in lower case.
17207 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17208 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17209 is non-nil.
17211 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17212 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17213 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17215 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17216 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17217 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17219 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17220 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17221 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17223 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17224 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17225 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17226 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17227 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17228 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17229 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17231 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17232 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17233 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17234 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17235 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17237 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17238 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17239 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17240 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17242 - HINTS:
17243 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17246 Maintenance:
17247 ------------
17249 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17250 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17252 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17254 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17255 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17256 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17257 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17259 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17260 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17261 version and release notes can be found.
17264 Bugs and Limitations:
17265 ---------------------
17267 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17268 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17269 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17270 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17271 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17272 does not work under XEmacs.
17275 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17276 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17278 Key bindings:
17279 -------------
17281 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17283 ;;;***
17285 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
17286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17288 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17289 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17290 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17291 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17293 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17294 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17295 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17296 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17297 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17299 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17300 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17302 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17304 * Limitations and unsupported features
17305 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17306 not supported.
17307 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17308 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17310 * Modifications
17311 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17312 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17313 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17314 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17315 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17316 for undoing a repeated change command.
17317 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17318 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17319 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17321 * Extensions
17322 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17323 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17324 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17325 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17326 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17327 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17328 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17329 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17331 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17333 ;;;***
17335 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17336 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17337 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17338 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15016 44843))
17339 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17341 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17342 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17344 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17345 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17346 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17347 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17349 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17350 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17352 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17353 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17354 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17355 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17357 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17358 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17360 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17362 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17364 ;;;***
17366 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17367 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17368 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862
17369 ;;;;;; 37894))
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17372 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17373 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17374 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17375 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17377 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17379 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17380 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17381 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17382 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17383 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17384 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17385 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17387 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17389 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17390 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17391 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17392 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17393 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17394 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17395 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17396 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17398 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17400 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17401 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17402 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17403 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17404 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17405 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17406 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17407 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17409 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17411 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17412 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17413 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17414 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17415 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17416 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17417 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17419 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17421 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17422 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17423 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17425 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17426 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17427 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17428 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17429 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17430 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17431 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17432 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17434 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17436 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17437 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17438 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17440 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17441 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17442 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17443 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17444 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17445 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17446 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17447 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17449 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17451 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17452 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17453 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17455 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17456 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17457 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17459 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17460 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17461 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17462 read-only.
17463 \\<view-mode-map>
17464 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17465 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17466 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17467 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17468 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17470 H, h, ? This message.
17471 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17472 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17473 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17474 > move to the end of buffer.
17475 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17476 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17477 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17478 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17479 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17480 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17481 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17482 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17483 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17484 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17485 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17486 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17487 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17488 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17489 Use this to view a changing file.
17490 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17491 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17492 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17493 . set the mark.
17494 x exchanges point and mark.
17495 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17496 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17497 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17498 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17499 ' go to position saved in character register.
17500 s do forward incremental search.
17501 r do reverse incremental search.
17502 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17503 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17504 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17505 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17506 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17507 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17508 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17509 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17510 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17511 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17512 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17513 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17514 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17515 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17516 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17518 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17519 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17520 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17521 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17522 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17523 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17524 will return to that buffer.
17526 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17528 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17529 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17530 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17531 `view-return-to-alist'.
17532 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17533 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17534 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17536 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17537 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17538 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17539 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17540 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17541 1) nil Do nothing.
17542 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17543 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17544 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17545 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17547 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17549 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17551 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17552 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17554 ;;;***
17556 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17559 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17560 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17562 ;;;***
17564 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17565 ;;;;;; (15029 54049))
17566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17568 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17569 Toggle Viper on/off.
17570 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17572 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17573 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17575 ;;;***
17577 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
17578 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17580 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17581 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17583 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17584 hotlist.
17586 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17587 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17589 ;;;***
17591 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode-global) "which-func" "which-func.el"
17592 ;;;;;; (15013 64498))
17593 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17595 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode-global))
17597 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-func-mode-global))
17599 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17600 Non-nil if Which-Func-Mode-Global mode is enabled.
17601 See the command `which-func-mode-global' for a description of this minor-mode.
17602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17603 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode-global'.")
17605 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17607 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17609 (autoload (quote which-func-mode-global) "which-func" "\
17610 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17611 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17612 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17614 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17615 and off otherwise." t nil)
17617 ;;;***
17619 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17620 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
17621 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
17622 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
17623 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15035 4762))
17624 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17626 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
17627 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
17629 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
17630 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
17632 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
17633 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
17635 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
17636 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
17638 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
17639 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
17641 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17642 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17643 These are:
17644 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17645 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17646 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17647 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17648 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17650 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17651 and:
17652 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17653 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17655 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17656 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17658 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17659 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17661 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17662 whitespace problems." t nil)
17664 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17665 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17667 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17668 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17671 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17672 \(which see).")
17674 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17676 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17678 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17679 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17681 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17682 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17684 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17685 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17686 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17687 replaced with TABS).
17688 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17689 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17691 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17693 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17694 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17696 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17697 i - Indentation whitespace.
17698 l - Leading whitespace.
17699 s - Space followed by Tab.
17700 t - Trailing whitespace.
17702 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17703 !<y>.
17705 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17706 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17707 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17708 always they default to 8.)
17710 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17711 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17712 even print it.
17714 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17715 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17716 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17717 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17718 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17719 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17720 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17721 to set smarttab.)
17723 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17724 merge problems.
17726 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17727 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17728 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17730 ;;;***
17732 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17733 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14839 64808))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17736 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17737 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17739 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17740 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17742 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17743 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17745 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17746 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17747 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17749 ;;;***
17751 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17752 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14995 35472))
17753 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17755 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17756 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17757 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17759 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17760 Create widget of TYPE.
17761 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17763 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17764 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17766 ;;;***
17768 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17769 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17770 ;;;;;; 44775))
17771 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17773 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17774 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17775 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17776 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17777 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17778 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17779 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17781 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17782 Select the window above the current one.
17783 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17784 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17785 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17786 negative ARG) of the current window.
17787 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17789 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17790 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17791 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17792 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17793 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17794 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17795 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17797 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17798 Select the window below the current one.
17799 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17800 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17801 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17802 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17803 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17805 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17806 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17808 ;;;***
17810 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17811 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17812 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17814 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17815 Toggle winner-mode.
17816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17817 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17819 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17821 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17823 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17824 Toggle Winner mode.
17825 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17827 ;;;***
17829 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17830 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14966 38375))
17831 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17833 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17834 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17835 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17836 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17837 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17838 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17839 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17840 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17842 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17843 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17845 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17846 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17848 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17849 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17850 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17851 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17852 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17853 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17854 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17855 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17857 ;;;***
17859 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17860 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17863 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17864 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17866 BUGS:
17867 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17868 are not implemented
17869 - Options for search and replace
17870 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17871 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17873 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17874 Emacs-like.
17876 The key bindings are:
17878 C-a backward-word
17879 C-b fill-paragraph
17880 C-c scroll-up-line
17881 C-d forward-char
17882 C-e previous-line
17883 C-f forward-word
17884 C-g delete-char
17885 C-h backward-char
17886 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17887 C-j help-for-help
17888 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17889 C-l ws-repeat-search
17890 C-n open-line
17891 C-p quoted-insert
17892 C-r scroll-down-line
17893 C-s backward-char
17894 C-t kill-word
17895 C-u keyboard-quit
17896 C-v overwrite-mode
17897 C-w scroll-down
17898 C-x next-line
17899 C-y kill-complete-line
17900 C-z scroll-up
17902 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17903 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17904 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17905 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17906 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17907 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17908 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17909 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17910 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17911 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17912 C-k b ws-begin-block
17913 C-k c ws-copy-block
17914 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17915 C-k f find-file
17916 C-k h ws-show-markers
17917 C-k i ws-indent-block
17918 C-k k ws-end-block
17919 C-k p ws-print-block
17920 C-k q kill-emacs
17921 C-k r insert-file
17922 C-k s save-some-buffers
17923 C-k t ws-mark-word
17924 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17925 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17926 C-k v ws-move-block
17927 C-k w ws-write-block
17928 C-k x kill-emacs
17929 C-k y ws-delete-block
17931 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17932 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17933 C-o j justify-current-line
17934 C-o k kill-buffer
17935 C-o l list-buffers
17936 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17937 C-o r set-fill-column
17938 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17939 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17940 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17941 C-o wo other-window
17942 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17944 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17945 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17946 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17947 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17948 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17949 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17950 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17951 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17952 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17953 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17954 C-q a ws-query-replace
17955 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17956 C-q c end-of-buffer
17957 C-q d end-of-line
17958 C-q f ws-search
17959 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17960 C-q l ws-undo
17961 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17962 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17963 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17964 C-q w ws-last-error
17965 C-q y ws-kill-eol
17966 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17967 " t nil)
17969 ;;;***
17971 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17972 ;;;;;; 149))
17973 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17975 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17976 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17977 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17979 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17981 ;;;***
17983 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17984 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
17985 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17987 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17988 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17990 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17991 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17993 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17994 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17995 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17997 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17998 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18000 ;;;***
18002 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
18003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18005 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18006 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18008 ;;;***
18010 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18011 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
18012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18014 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18015 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18017 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18018 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18020 Zone-mode does two things:
18022 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18023 when saving the file
18025 - fontification" t nil)
18027 ;;;***
18029 ;;; Local Variables:
18030 ;;; version-control: never
18031 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
18032 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
18033 ;;; End:
18034 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here